2020年配套中学教材全解八年级英语(上)(人教版)期末检测题含答案详解
2020人教版八年级上册期末试题(含答案)
八年级上册全书测试题一、阅读理解A( )56. Who is the oldest of the four students?A. Li Shan.B. Wang Hui.C. Zhang Min.D. Zhao Fang.( )57. What does Li Shan think the future of schools will be like?A. Multimedia will be used in schools.B. There will be no teacher in the classroom.C. Students will learn on computers at home.D. Students will only take a few disks to school.( )58.Zhang Min thinks students can take classes by or on the Internet in the future A. watching TV B. reading booksC. listening to tapesD. using e-textbooks( )59. All the four think that theis needed for learning in the futureA. TVB. diskC. movieD. computer( )60. Which of the following is NOT true according to the table?A. Learning will become easier and more interesting.B. Students don' t need to buy many new dictionaries.C. A teacher will still be necessary for each classroom.D. You can connect your computer with the school network for free.BDADCBIn the forest, everything was great and everyone was happy before Jemima came there.Jemima was a very tall giraffe（长颈鹿）with along neck（脖子）. She was the noisiest and the most gossipy（说闲话、八卦）animal in the forest.She liked to watch everything and told everyone what happened. That made so many animals unhappy. They had a meeting and decided to teach her a lesson.At that time Big Bongo the monkey decided to move to a new house. Jemima was so curious about the new house. One night she walked quietly to Big Bongos bedroom window. The window was open and she put her head inside. She was just on time to see Big Bongo leaving the bedroom. Jemima put her head further so that she could follow him into the next room. It was dark in the house and she couldn't see very well, but she followed Big Bongo into another room, and then another...At last Jemima couldn't follow Big Bongo any more. Her neck wasn't long enough Big Bongo ran around his house, and Jemimas neck was in a tangle(统成一团), Then all the other animals came to the house and told Jemima what they thought of her. Jemimas face turned red. She decided that she would not use her neck to poke（探听、干涉）into the lives of others.( )41. Many animals in the forest were unhappy with Jemima becauseA. she had a long neckB. she was new to the forestC. she was noisy and gossipyD. she liked to do everything( )42. What does the underlined word "curious" mean in Chinese?A.满意的B.疯狂的C.自信的D.好奇的( )43. Big Bongo ran around his new house toA. look at it quicklyB. teach Jemima a lessonC. show his friends aroundD. put his things in their places( )44. The other animals in the forest wanted to tell Jemima thatA. they didn't want her to live in the forestB. she couldn't poke into the lives of othersC. she couldn't go into others houses at nightD. they didn't like to make friends with tall animals( )45. Which of the following is TRUE according to this passage?A. Jemima used her neck to follow Big Bongo into his houseB. Big Bongo asked Jemima to come to his new house.C. Jemimas neck was long enough to see every room in the house.D. Bid Bongos new house was tall enough for Jemima to stand in.CDBBAHobbies are very important to a person. Without having any hobby, life won' t be as colorful as it should be.I have lots of hobbies , such as collecting stamps, playing musical instruments (乐器) , reading, and doing sport activities. When I am free, I will spend time on my hobbies. When I am in a blue mood(情绪低落) ,I will also do my hobbies to cheer myself up. Hobbies can help us improve our moods. Many hobbies need you to put your heart in them.For example, when you play a musical instrument, you have to practice over and over to perform (表演) good music. After a period(一段时期)if you still enjoy it , gradually(逐渐地)it will become a hobby of yours. But remember , a hobby is like gold (金子)under the ground;no hobby will come to your unless (除非) you dig it out. If you can see study as one of your hobbies, learning will be more enjoyable. I hope all of you can find your own hobbies and also have fun from them.( )51.What makes our life colorful?A.Playing musical instruments.B.Collecting stamps.C.The blue mood.D.The hobbies.( )52.Hobbies sometimes can make a personA.in a blue moodB.find gold under the groundC.cheer himself/herself upD.perform good( )53. If we want to have a hobby,we mustA.practice over and over.B.put our heart in itC.spend a lot of time on it.D.all the above.( )54.How can we make our study enjoyableA.Practice over and overB.Improve our moods.C.See our study as a hobby.D.We shouldn' t have hobbies( )55. Which of these is not true?A. Hobbies are important for a person.B. Playing musical instruments is a kind of hobby.C. If we often do something and don't enjoy doing it, it will be our hobbies someday.D. A hobby can be gold if we dig it.DCBCCWater is important. We all need water. Most people drink about two liters (升) every day.61 .In some countries, there is a lot of clean water. But in other places, clean water is hard to find. This is a big problem. Today, about 20% of people don' t always have enough water. 62 .63 .There isn' t a lot of rain. Sometimes people build cities in those places. I don' t think it is a good idea. Other places do have enough water. 64 .They waste too much of it.So we should help save water. We can save water at home. We can take shorter showers. 65 .We can also clean our cars less often.Can you think of other ways to save water?A. But people in these places don' t know how to use water well.B. By 2025, about 70% of people around the world might not have enough water.C. We can turn off the tap (关掉水龙头) when we do the dishes or brush our teeth.D. Water helps us grow food, cook and stay clean.E. Some places are always very dry.DBEAC二、完型填空New Year' s Day is coming. I think 36 of you are going to make New Year' s resolutions. What kind of resolutions should you make? Let me 37 you some advice.First, your New Year' s resolutions should be 38 for you. Be sure that they are good for your study 39 make you healthier. For example, going to bed late at night is not a good resolution. It is bad for your 40Second, your New Year' s resolutions should not be 41 for you to carry out (实施). Don' t 42 them sound impossible. For example, flying to the moon is difficult for almost 43 .You' d better make small and simple ones, so you can make them come true next st, don' t forget to make a 44 . It will help you a lot. It' s a good idea to write down 45 you need to do every day, and then just do it.( )36. A. much B. many C. few D. little( )37. A. give B. take C. follow D. write( )38. A. necessary B. important C. suitable D. special( )39. A. so B. but C. as D. or( )40. A. time B. work C. health D. dream( )41. A. easy B. hard C. useful D. possible( )42. A. make B. bring C. think D. wonder( )43. A. none B. nobody C. somebody D.anybody( )44. A. plan B. choice C. message D. question( )45. A. how B. when C. what D. whyBACDC BADAC三、语篇填空第一节two wonderful after what readhe so think afraid storyOnce there was a king. He liked to write stories. He 71 his stories were good so he liked to show them to people. As people were 72 of him, they all said his stories were very great.One day, the king showed some of his 73 stories to a famous writer. He wanted the writer to praise(赞美) these 74 .But the writer always tells the truth.He said they were 75 bad that he should throw them into the fire. The king got very angry and sent 76 to prison(监狱).Many people didn't dare（敢于）to talk about it. 77 some time, the king made him free and asked him to come to his palace(宫殿).For a 78 time, the king showed some of his new stories. The king asked the writer 79 he thought of them.Guess! What happened next? After 80 them, the writer at once turned to the soldiers and said. "Take me back to the prison."71 72 73 74 7576 77 78 79 80thought afraid wonderful stories sohim After second what reading第二节Dear Alice,I just got back from my summer vacation. I went to Bejing. The weather 66 perfect, not too hot and I saw so many interesting things. I walked along the Great Wall.I also visited Tian'anmen Square 67 the Summer Palace. The buildings were beautiful. The food was delicious, but it was really spicy sometimes. And the people were 68 . I don't speak Putonghua, 69 sometimes that was a little difficult.I had a wonderful time. I 70 to come back to next year!66 67 68 69 70is and friendly so want四、补全对话A: Hello!T om,you look so well these days.B: Thanks.I often play basketball after school.A: 81.B: No.I don't want to be a basketball player. You know I was not in good health before.82. A: You are right. To keep healthy is the most important.83B: I want to be a math teacher when I grow up. It's my dream job.A: I see. How are you going to do about that?В: 84.A: Oh,you're great.85.Can you go with me tonight?B: Sure.l like watching movies. When will we meet?A: At half past seven. OK?81.Do you want to be a basketball player?82.1 just play it to keep healthy./l just keep healthy..83.What are you going to be when you grow up?/What do you want to be when you gr owup..84.Im going to study math hard85.There will be a film tonight....。
最新人教版英语八年级上册《期末考试卷》含答案解析
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题听力技能第一节听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置.听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题，每段对话读两遍.1．Where is Peter from?A ．B ．C ．2．What does the boy want to be?A．To be a volleyball player.B．To be a basketball player. C．To be a soccer player.3．What did Peter wear at Tom's party? A．A shirt and tie. B．Jeans and a T-shirt. C ．Jeans and a shirt. 4．When did the rainstorm come last night? ? A．At 7：00．B．At 7：30．C．At 8：00．5．Where are they talking? A．In a restaurant. B．In a classroom. C．In a shop. 第二节听下面2段对话，每段对话后有2—3个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置.听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间.每段对话读两遍.听第6段材料，回答第6和第7两个小题.6．What did Jenny do yesterday evening?A．She washed the dishes. B．She watched a film. C．She had a party.7．How many people watched the soccer game together?A．15. B．16. C．25.听第7段材料，回答8至10三个小题.8．Why is Lin Feng so glad?A．He will be free during the summer vacation.B．He will travel to England with his father.C．He will go to Cambridge to have an important meeting.9．How long will they be away from China?A．Three days. B．Five days. C．Ten days.10．Which city will they reach finally?A．Oxford. B．Cambridge. C．London.第三节听下面一段独白，根据所听内容填空.知识运用第一节完形填空.通读下面的短文，从A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个最佳选项填空，使短文意思通顺，结构完整.It was the last lesson before_____1_____holiday. The students ___2___very happy. Their English teacher was very_____3_____, too. The teacher ____4____played nice games with them. He sang some nice songs, and then he went to the blackboard and wrote "SMILE"___5___it. "This is one of the ____6____words in English", he said to the class. ___7___the students laughed, and then one girl ____8____and said, "Why is it one of the longest words in English?" The teacher smiled and said," Because there is a mile between"S"and"E".1. A. a B. / C. the2. A. are B. were C. was3. A. happy B. traditional C. talented4. A. also B. too C. either5. A. at B. on C. in6. A. long B. longer C. longest7. A. All B. Both C. Every8. A. stands up B. stood up C. standed upBWe teenagers often have plenty of worries. ___9___ is best not to run away from problems. We should try___10___ best to solve them .Firstly,we should find someone we trust ___11___to. In fact, our parents are best friend,____12____ some of us often forget our parents have more experience, and are always ___13___ to help us.In English ,we say sharing problems is like ___14___ it in half. So___15___ we are in trouble,don’t forget our parents.9. A. Its B. There C. It10. A. our B. us C. their11. A. talking B. to talk C. talk12. A. so B. and C. but13. A. those B. this C. there14. A. cuts B. cutting C. cut15. A. if B. though C. unless阅读技能第一节阅读下面短文，从每题所给三个选项中，选出最佳选项.Tianmen Opera Booking OfficeTime: Begin at 7:30 every evening( last(延续) 2 hours)Place: Dadi Theatre,175 CiGu RoadTele: 7420888E-mail:book@The prices include snacks and tea.To buy tickets contact(联系) our office by e-mail or calling at 7420888 during office hours in English or Chinese. You can book tickets by credit(信用) card through paypal (支付宝) or through banks. You must pay for the tickets in Bank of China as late as the day before the show.16. When are the shows over?A. At 8:30pm.B. At 8:30 am.C. At 9:30pm.17. Which of the following is Right?A. You can watch the show in the day time.B. You can buy tickets during office hours.C. You can't eat snacks in the theatre.18. How many ways can you pay for the tickets if you want to book them?A. Three.B. Two.C. Four.19. If twenty students want to see the show, and they want to sit downstairs. They should pay ______.A. ￥2,800B. ￥3,600C. ￥3,30020. If you want to book a ticket for the show on March 10, when can't you book it?A. On March 8.B. On March 9.C. On March 10.BOnce the colors of the world argued. All thought that they were the best and most important.Green said, "Clearly I am the most important. I am the sign of life and hope. I'm the color of grass, trees and leaves. Without me, all animals would die."Yellow laughed, "You are all so serious. I bring happiness and warmth into the world. Every time people look at a yellow sunflower, they start to smile. Without me there would be no fun." Orange shouted,"I am the color of health and strength. I have the most important vitamins. Think of carrots, vegetables and oranges. When I appear in the sky, everyone is shocked at my beauty and nobody gives another thought to any of you."Red couldn't stand it any longer. "I am the color of danger and bravery. I bring fire into the blood."Their voices became louder and louder. The thunder got angry and the rain started to pour. When they became calm, the rain said, "You foolish colors. Don't you know that each of you is special? If you don't agree, just follow me." They did as the rain told them and together made the most beautiful rainbow.21. ______have the most important vitamins.A. OrangeB. YellowC. Green22. ______is the color of danger and bravery.A.RedB. YellowC. Orange 23. ______became angry and the rain started to pour. A. The voice B. The thunder C. The rainbow 24. The colors did as the rain told and together made ______. A. all animals B. the rainbow C. the thunder 25. Which of the following is the best title of the passage? A. All the Colors are Foolish B. Every Color is Beautiful C. Getting United is Important CIf we find a bird nest, we will have a good place of watching and knowing about birds. Birds sit on eggs and take care of their babies from April to June. Because the baby birds are too young to leave the nest, parents often go to look for food and come back in several minutes. So it is good to watch birds. When we watch birds, we'd better hide ourselves in a close place to the nest, and it's better to use binoculars (双筒望远镜).But how do we make a bird nest? A good bird nest must be very fine, strong, thick and comfortable. If you want to make one, please follow these:·Each nest must have six boards (木板) for its cover and floor, for its left and right sides, and for its front and back sides. Don't make the boards too slippery (滑的).·Dig a small hole in the front of the nest as a "door". The "door" is big enough so birds canfly in or out easily.·Make sure the rainwater can't go into the nest.· One piece of the board should be easy to open.· Don't forget to colour the nest.26. What does the word “nest” mean(意思是)?A. 巢B. 网C. 羽毛27. We need ______ near a bird nest if we want to watch and know about birds.A. a good placeB. some treesC. to sit on eggs28. When we're watching birds, we have to ______.A. look after the birds more oftenB. use the binoculars to catch the birdsC. hide ourselves to make the birds do everything as usual29. We should leave a hole in the front of the nest so that ______ easily.A.we can clean the nestB. birds can fly in or outC. we can hang it 30. According to the text, we can make a bird nest like Picture ______ with the boards. A. B. C. 第二节根据短文内容回答问题. Are you able to send a letter with pictures and sounds to someone somewhere in the world without a stamp(邮票) on it? Using a computer you can send e-mails quickly and easily. The post is much slower than the e-mail. E-mailcan send its message to the other side of the world in seconds.E-mail is easy to use and it saves time and money. The differences in time in different parts of the world do not matter when sending e-mail. It's twenty-four-hour service(服务) that you can send e-mail at any time of the day or night. No one has to be there to get e-mails. It does not matter if your friends are in beds when you send e-mails to them, or you are seeing a movie at the movie theater when they send e-mail back.31. Is the e-mail faster than the post?________________________________________________________________________32. Can you send e-mail to your friends when they are sleeping?________________________________________________________________________33. How much time does it take to send an e-mail to the other side of the world?________________________________________________________________________34. In the writer’s opinion, what does the e-mail have any advantages?________________________________________________________________________35. What can we use to send an e-mail?________________________________________________________________________写作第一节补全对话.根据上下文补全对话.A. Hi, Ken! Are you busy now?B: Yes. I'm a little busy.A: ________________36________________?B: I'm thinking about shopping for a birthday gift for my sister online.A: ______________________37______________________?B: No. I never shop online ,so I don't know how to do that.A: Oh, I shop online all the time.B:_____________________38_____________________? A: I think it's faster and the things online are cheaper.B: OK. Come and help me. Let's look at my computer together. A: _______________________39_______________________?B: I want to buy a book.A: OK. let's find a website (网站). Lots of sites sell books.B: OK, sounds good.A: ______________________40______________________?B: Books about history. My sister likes reading them.A: OK. Let's look for history books.B: Wow! There are lots of books. How can I choose just one?41.第二节书面表达假设你叫Tom，你的好友Lisa邀请你本周末去参加一次有关未来机器人的讨论，但你由于奶奶生病住院而无法前往.请给Lisa发一封电子邮件，告诉她你不能参加的原因(2-3个)，并谈谈你对未来机器人的预测参考词汇：take part in(参加)，be ill in hospital(住院)要求：（1）文中不能出现真实姓名、学校、班级等信息.（2）字数：80词左右.Dear Lisa,YoursTom答案与解析听力技能第一节听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置.听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题，每段对话读两遍.1．Where is Peter from?A ．B ．C ．2．What does the boy want to be?A．To be a volleyball player. B．To be a basketball player.C．To be a soccer player. 3．What did Peter wear at Tom's party? A．A shirt and tie. B．Jeans and a T-shirt. C ．Jeans and a shirt. 4．When did the rainstorm come last night? ? A．At 7：00．B．At 7：30．C．At 8：00．5．Where are they talking? A．In a restaurant. B．In a classroom. C．In a shop. 第二节听下面2段对话，每段对话后有2—3个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置.听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间.每段对话读两遍.听第6段材料，回答第6和第7两个小题.6．What did Jenny do yesterday evening?A．She washed the dishes. B．She watched a film. C．She had a party.7．How many people watched the soccer game together?A．15. B．16. C．25.听第7段材料，回答8至10三个小题.8．Why is Lin Feng so glad?A．He will be free during the summer vacation.B．He will travel to England with his father.C．He will go to Cambridge to have an important meeting.9．How long will they be away from China?A．Three days. B．Five days. C．Ten days.10．Which city will they reach finally?A．Oxford. B．Cambridge. C．London.第三节听下面一段独白，根据所听内容填空.知识运用第一节完形填空.通读下面的短文，从A、B、C三个选项中，选出一个最佳选项填空，使短文意思通顺，结构完整.AIt was the last lesson before_____1_____holiday. The students ___2___very happy. Their English teacher was very_____3_____, too. The teacher ____4____played nice games with them. He sang some nice songs, and then hewent to the blackboard and wrote "SMILE"___5___it. "This is one of the ____6____words in English", he said to the class. ___7___the students laughed, and then one girl ____8____and said, "Why is it one of the longest words in English?" The teacher smiled and said," Because there is a mile between"S"and"E".1. A. a B. / C. the2. A. are B. were C. was3. A. happy B. traditional C. talented4. A. also B. too C. either5. A. at B. on C. in6. A. long B. longer C. longest7. A. All B. Both C. Every8. A. stands up B. stood up C. standed up【答案】1. C 2. B 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. B【解析】【分析】本文介绍了学生们在假期之前的最后一节课.英语老师告诉他们，smile是英语中最长的单词之一，因为“S”和“E”之间有一英里.【1题详解】句意：这是假期前的最后一节课.A. a 一个，修饰辅音音素开头的单数名词；B. /是零冠词；C. the那个，表示特指.此处特指假期，用定冠词the修饰，故选C.【2题详解】句意：学生们非常高兴.A. are是，一般现在时复数形式；B. were 是，一般过去时，复数形式；C. was是，一般过去时，第三人称单数形式；根据前文的It was the last lesson此处用一般过去时，主语the students是复数形式，故选B. 【3题详解】句意：他们的英语老师也非常高兴.A. happy高兴的，B. traditional传统的，C. talented有才干的.根据too表示与前文一样，前文的The students ___2___very happy.可知，此处表示老师也很高兴，故选A.【4题详解】句意：老师也和他们一起做很好的游戏.A. also也，谓语句中；B. too也，位于肯定句句末；C. either也，位于否定句句末.此处是句中，因此用副词also，故选A.【5题详解】句意：他唱了几首好听的歌，然后他走到黑板前，在黑板上写了“微笑”.A. at在，B. on在……上面，C. in在……里.此处it代指the blackboard，on the blackboard在黑板上，故选B.【6题详解】句意：他对全班说：“这是英语中最长的单词之一”.A. long长的，是原级；B. longer 更长的，是比较级；C. longest最长的，是最高级.根据oneof the+形容词的最高级+复数名词，表示最……的……之一，故选C.【7题详解】句意：所有的学生都笑了.A. All（三者或三者以上）所有的；B. Both两者都；C. Every每一个.此处指全班的学生，修饰复数名词students，用all，故选A.【8题详解】句意：然后一个女孩站起来说：“它为什么是英语中最长的单词之一？”A. stands up站起来，是一般现在时；B. stood up站起来，是一般过去时；C. standed up因为stand的过去式是stood，因此C项不正确.根据said此处用一般过去时，故选B.【点睛】根据前后文的语境，认真辨析选项里的单词或短语的词义，结合时态，语态，词性，短语，句型和主谓一致，选出正确的选项.例如小题5，句意：他唱了几首好听的歌，然后他走到黑板前，在黑板上写了“微笑”.A. at在，B. on在……上面，C. in在……里.此处it代指the blackboard，on the blackboard在黑板上，故选B.BWe teenagers often have plenty of worries. ___9___ is best not to run away from problems. We should try___10___best to solve them .Firstly,we should find someone we trust ___11___to. In fact, our parents are best friend,____12____some of us often forget our parents have more experience, and are always ___13___ to help us.In English ,we say sharing problems is like ___14___ it in half. So___15___we are in trouble,don’t forget our parents.9. A. Its B. There C. It10. A. our B. us C. their11. A. talking B. to talk C. talk12. A. so B. and C. but13. A. those B. this C. there14. A. cuts B. cutting C. cut15. A. if B. though C. unless【答案】9. C 10. A 11. B 12. C 13. C 14. B 15. A【解析】【分析】本文介绍了青少年努力解决烦恼的方法.【9题详解】句意：最好不要逃避问题.A. Its它的，B. There那里，C. It它.根据句型It is+形容词+to do sth做某事是……，故选C.【10题详解】句意：我们应该尽最大努力去解决它们.A. our我们的，B. us我们，C. their他们的.try one’s best to do sth尽最大努力做某事，此处主语是we，因此用形容词性物主代词our，故选A.【11题详解】句意：首先，我们应该找一个我们信任的人谈谈.A. talking 谈论，是动名词或现在分词；B. to talk谈论，是动词不定式；C. talk谈论，是动词原形.此处作后置定语，修饰someone，用动词不定式，故选B.【12题详解】句意：事实上，我们的父母是最好的朋友，但我们中的一些人经常忘记我们的父母有更多的经验，总是在那里帮助我们.A. so所以，B. and而且，C. but但是.前半句我们的父母是最好的朋友，后半句表示我们中一些人经常忘记父母有更多的经验，前后表示转折关系，用连词but，故选C.【13题详解】句意：事实上，我们的父母是最好的朋友，但我们中的一些人经常忘记我们的父母有更多的经验，总是在那里帮助我们.A. those那些，B. this这个，C. there那里.be there在那里，故选C.【14题详解】句意：在英语中，我们说分享问题就像把它分成两半.A. cuts切，是一般现在时第三人称单数形式；B. cutting切，是动名词或现在分词；C. cut切，是动词原形或过去式.like doing sth喜欢做某事，故选B.【15题详解】句意：所以如果我们遇到麻烦，不要忘记我们的父母.A. if 如果，B. though尽管，C. unless除非.此处表示假设，用if，故选A.【点睛】根据前后文的语境，认真辨析选项里的单词或短语的词义，结合时态，语态，词性，短语，句型和主谓一致，选出正确的选项.例如小题2，句意：我们应该尽最大努力去解决它们.A. our我们的，B. us我们，C. their他们的.try one’s best to do sth尽最大努力做某事，此处主语是we，因此用形容词性物主代词our，故选A.阅读技能第一节阅读下面短文，从每题所给三个选项中，选出最佳选项.ATianmen Opera Booking OfficeTime: Begin at 7:30 every evening( last(延续) 2 hours)Place: Dadi Theatre,175 CiGu RoadTele: 7420888E-mail:book@The prices include snacks and tea.To buy tickets contact(联系) our office by e-mail or calling at 7420888 during office hours in English or Chinese. You can book tickets by credit(信用) card through paypal (支付宝) or through banks. You must pay for the tickets in Bank of China as late as the day before the show.16. When are the shows over?A. At 8:30pm.B. At 8:30 am.C. At 9:30pm.17. Which of the following is Right?A. You can watch the show in the day time.B. You can buy tickets during office hours.C. You can't eat snacks in the theatre.18. How many ways can you pay for the tickets if you want to book them?A. Three.B. Two.C. Four.19. If twenty students want to see the show, and they want to sit downstairs. They should pay ______.A. ￥2,800B. ￥3,600C. ￥3,30020. If you want to book a ticket for the show on March 10, when can't you book it?A. On March 8.B. On March 9.C. On March 10.【答案】16. C 17. B 18. B 19. A 20. C【解析】【分析】本文介绍了天门戏剧表演的广告.【16题详解】推理判断题.根据Time: Begin at 7:30 every evening( last(延续) 2 hours)可知，演出开始的时间是晚上7:30，延续2个小时，因此是在晚上9:30结束的.故选C.【17题详解】推理判断题.根据To buy tickets contact(联系) our office by e-mail or calling at 7420888 during office hours in English or Chinese.可知，在办公时间买票，故选B.【18题详解】推理判断题.根据You can book tickets by credit(信用) card through paypal (支付宝) or through banks.可知，你可以通过信用卡，支付宝或者银行订票，一共有三种方式，故选B.【19题详解】推理判断题.根据Over 10 tickets，Upstairs（楼上）￥100，Downstairs（楼下）￥140可知，10人以上，在楼下看，每人需要140元，因此20个人，一共需要支付140×20=2800元，故选A.【20题详解】推理判断题.根据You must pay for the tickets in Bank of China as late as the day before the show.可知，你必须最晚在演出前一天预定票，因此想要观看3月10日的表演，最晚是在3月9日预定票.故选C.【点睛】认真阅读题干，根据题干要求，在文中寻找答案所在的语句或段落，进行分析理解，词义猜测，推理判断和概括归纳想，选出正确的选项.例如小题3，根据You can book tickets by credit(信用) card through paypal (支付宝) or through banks.可知，你可以通过信用卡，支付宝或者银行订票，一共有三种方式，故选B.BOnce the colors of the world argued. All thought that they were the best and most important.Green said, "Clearly I am the most important. I am the sign of life and hope. I'm the color of grass, trees and leaves. Without me, all animals would die."Yellow laughed, "You are all so serious. I bring happiness and warmth into the world. Every time people look at a yellow sunflower, they start to smile. Without me there would be no fun."Orange shouted, "I am the color of health and strength. I have the most important vitamins. Think of carrots, vegetables and oranges. When I appear in the sky, everyone is shocked at my beauty and nobody gives another thought to any of you."Red couldn't stand it any longer. "I am the color of danger and bravery. I bring fire into the blood."Their voices became louder and louder. The thunder got angry and the rain started to pour. When they became calm, the rain said, "You foolish colors. Don't you know that each of you is special? If you don't agree, just follow me." They did as the rain told them and together made the most beautiful rainbow.21. ______have the most important vitamins.A. OrangeB. YellowC. Green22. ______is the color of danger and bravery.A. RedB. YellowC. Orange23. ______became angry and the rain started to pour.A. The voiceB. The thunderC. The rainbow24.The colors did as the rain told and together made ______. A. all animals B. the rainbow C. the thunder 25. Which of the following is the best title of the passage? A. All the Colors are Foolish B. Every Color is Beautiful C. Getting United is Important 【答案】21. A 22. A 23. B 24. B 25. C 【解析】本文讲述了各种颜色都认为自己是最好的、最重要的.它们按照雨告诉它们的去做，一起创造了最美丽的彩虹.从中我们可知团结是非常重要的.【21题详解】细节理解题.根据Orange shouted, "I am t he color of health and strength. I have the most important vitamins.”可知，橙子有最重要的维生素，故选A.【22题详解】细节理解题.根据Red couldn't stand it any longer. "I am the color of danger and bravery……”可知，红色是危险和勇敢的颜色，故选A.【23题详解】细节理解题.根据The thunder got angry and the rain started to pour.可知，雷声大作，开始下起倾盆大雨.故选B.【24题详解】细节理解题.根据They did as the rain told them and together made the most beautiful rainbow.可知，他们按照雨告诉他们的去做，一起创造了最美丽的彩虹.故选B.【25题详解】标题归纳题.根据They did as the rain told them and together made the most beautiful rainbow.可知，大家团结起来，会创造美好的东西，因此团结是重要的.故选C.CIf we find a bird nest, we will have a good place of watching and knowing about birds. Birds sit on eggs and take care of their babies from April to June. Because the baby birds are too young to leave the nest, parents often go to lookfor food and come back in several minutes. So it is good to watch birds. When we watch birds, we'd better hide ourselves in a close place to the nest, and it's better to use binoculars (双筒望远镜).But how do we make a bird nest? A good bird nest must be very fine, strong, thick and comfortable. If you want to make one, please follow these:·Each nest must have six boards (木板) for its cover and floor, for its left and right sides, and for its front and back sides. Don't make the boards too slippery (滑的).·Dig a small hole in the front of the nest as a "door". The "door" is big enough so birds canfly in or out easily.·Make sure the rainwater can't go into the nest.· One piece of the board should be easy to open.· Don't forget to colour the nest.26. Wh at does the word “nest” mean(意思是)?A .巢 B. 网 C. 羽毛27. We need ______ near a bird nest if we want to watch and know about birds. A. a good place B. some trees C. to sit on eggs 28. When we're watching birds, we have to ______. A. look after the birds more often B. use the binoculars to catch the birds C. hide ourselves to make the birds do everything as usual 29. We should leave a hole in the front of the nest so that ______ easily. A. we can clean the nest B. birds can fly in or out C. we can hang it 30. According to the text, we can make a bird nest like Picture ______ with the boards. A. B. C. 【答案】26. A 27. A 28. C 29.B 30.C 【解析】本文介绍了如何建一个鸟巢，更好地观察鸟和了解鸟. 【26题详解】词义猜测题.根据we will have a good place of watching and knowing about birds. Birds sit on eggs and take care of their babies from April to June.可知，鸟在里面孵蛋，照顾小鸟的地方，因此是鸟巢，故选A.【27题详解】细节理解题.根据When we watch birds, we'd better hide ourselves in a close place to the nest, and it's better to use binoculars (双筒望远镜).可知，我们想要一个观察和了解鸟类的好地方应在靠近鸟巢的地方.故选A . 【28题详解】细节理解题.根据So it is good to watch birds. When we watch birds, we'd better hide ourselves in a close place to the nest, and it's better to use binoculars (双筒望远镜).可知，当我们观察鸟的时候，我们必须隐藏自己，让鸟像往常一样做每件事，故选C . 【29题详解】细节理解题.根据Dig a small hole in the front of the nest as a "door". The "door" is big enough so birds can fly in or out easily.可知，我们应该在鸟巢的前面留一个洞，这样鸟儿就可以很容易地飞进飞出.故选B . 【30题详解】推理判断题.根据Each nest must have six boards (木板) for its cover and floor, for its left and right sides, and for its front and back sides.和Dig a small hole in the front of the nest as a "door".可知，每个鸟巢必须有6块板，在巢的前面挖一个小洞作为“门”.故选C .第二节根据短文内容回答问题.Are you able to send a letter with pictures and sounds to someone somewhere in the world without a stamp(邮票) on it? Using a computer you can send e-mails quickly and easily. The post is much slower than the e-mail. E-mail can send its message to the other side of the world in seconds.E-mail is easy to use and it saves time and money. The differences in time in different parts of the world do not matter when sending e-mail. It's twenty-four-hour service(服务) that you can send e-mail at any time of the day or night. No one has to be there to get e-mails. It does not matter if your friends are in beds when you send e-mails to them, or you are seeing a movie at the movie theater when they send e-mail back. 31. Is the e-mail faster than the post?________________________________________________________________________ 32. Can you send e-mail to your friends when they are sleeping?________________________________________________________________________ 33. How much time does it take to send an e-mail to the other side of the world? ________________________________________________________________________34. In the writer’s opinion, what does the e-mail have any advantages?________________________________________________________________________35. What can we use to send an e-mail?________________________________________________________________________【答案】31. Yes./Yes,it is.32. Yes./Yes,I can.33. Seconds.34. E-mail is easy to use and it saves time and money. /E-mail is quick , easy and timesaving.35. We can use a computer to send an e-mail./A computer./Computer.【解析】本文介绍发送电子邮件又快又容易，而且使用方便，节省时间和金钱.【31题详解】根据The post is much slower than the e-mail.可知，电子邮件比邮件快，因此用肯定回答，故填Yes./Yes,it is. 【32题详解】根据It's twenty-four-hour service(服务) that you can send e-mail at any time of the day or night.可知，我能在朋友睡觉时给他们发电子邮件，因此用肯定回答，故填Yes./Yes,I can.【33题详解】根据E-mail can send its message to the other side of the world in seconds.可知，电子邮件可以在几秒钟内把信息发送到世界的另一边.故填Seconds.【34题详解】根据Using a computer you can send e-mails quickly and easily.和E-mail is easy to use and it saves time and money.可知，电子邮件又快又容易，而且使用方便，节省时间和金钱.故填E-mail is easy to use and it saves time and money. /E-mail is quick , easy and timesaving.【35题详解】根据Using a computer you can send e-mails quickly and easily.可知，我们可以用电脑发送电子邮件，故填We can use a computer to send an e-mail./A computer./Computer.写作第一节补全对话.根据上下文补全对话.A. Hi, Ken! Are you busy now?B: Yes. I'm a little busy.A: ________________36________________?B: I'm thinking about shopping for a birthday gift for my sister online.A: ______________________37______________________?B: No. I never shop online ,so I don't know how to do that.A: Oh, I shop online all the time.B:_____________________38_____________________?A: I think it's faster and the things online are cheaper.B: OK. Come and help me. Let's look at my computer together.A: _______________________39_______________________?B: I want to buy a book.A: OK. let's find a website (网站). Lots of sites sell books.B: OK, sounds good.A: ______________________40______________________?B: Books about history. My sister likes reading them. A: OK.Let's look for history books. B: Wow! There are lots of books. How can I choose just one? 【答案】36. What are you doing? 37. Do you shop online (often)? 38. What do you think of / How do you like shopping online? 39. What do you want to buy?/What do you want? 40. What kind of books / What books do you want (to buy)? 【解析】本文是Ken和另一个人在谈论网购. 【36题详解】根据I'm thinking about shopping for a birthday gift for my sister online.“我在考虑在网上给我妹妹买一件生日礼物.”可知，此处询问对方正在做什么，故填What are you doing?【37题详解】根据No. I never shop online ,“不，我从没有网上购物.”故此处询问你是否在网上购物.故填Do you shop online (often)?【38题详解】根据I think it's faster and the things online are cheaper.“我认为网购更快，网上的东西更便宜.”因此询问对方对网购的看法，故填What do you think of / How do you like shopping online?【39题详解】根据I want to buy a book.“我想要买一本书.”可知，此处询问对方想要买什么.故填What do you want to buy?/What do you want?【40题详解】根据Books about history.“关于历史的书.”可知，此处询问对方想要买什么书.故填What kind of books / What books do you want (to buy)?41.第二节书面表达假设你叫Tom，你的好友Lisa邀请你本周末去参加一次有关未来机器人的讨论，但你由于奶奶生病住院而无法前往.请给Lisa发一封电子邮件，告诉她你不能参加的原因(2-3个)，并谈谈你对未来机器人的预测参考词汇：take part in(参加)，be ill in hospital(住院)要求：（1）文中不能出现真实姓名、学校、班级等信息.（2）字数：80词左右.Dear Lisa,YoursTom 【答案】例文：Dear Lisa,I am glad to receive your invitation to take part in the discussion about the robots at your home. However, I am sorry to tell you that I can’t go there. My grandma is ill in hospital and my parents are not at home, so I have to take care of her. I predict there will be more robots in the future. We will need robots to do more housework at home. I wish you will have a good time.YoursTom【解析】【详解】1.题干解读：该题目属于应用文写作，写作时要按邮件格式写.在写作时开头表示很高兴收到她的邀请，接下来介绍我无法去的原因，最后对未来机器人的预测.2.例文点评：例文采用一段式；用第一人称来叙述内容；时态采用一般现在时为主，用一般将来时对未来机器人的预测，叙述完整且条理清晰.写作中注意运用代词，注意多种句式交替运用.写作中注意叙述顺序，符合逻辑关系.3.高分亮点：短语：take part in；be ill in hospital；take care of；in the future；have a good time.句型：结果状语从句so I have to take care of her；宾语从句there will be more robots in the future.。
人教版英语八年级上学期《期末考试卷》及答案解析
A
My name is Svetlana. I am from Ukraine. It’s a beautiful country. I enjoy sports.
One of the most popular sports in my country is football. I like playing football a lot. I often play football with my friends after school. We like to watch football games on TV on the weekend. There is a football club at our school. I’m in the football club.
C.Because he has two free tickets for the concert tonight.
12.When are they going to leave？
A.On June 2s. B.On July 19. C.On July29.
听第二段对话，回答第13~15小题。
13.Who will give them a talk？
Second，I think people's everyday life will be different. They won't have to work long hours，because computers and robots will help them.___17___will have to do housework. So，people will have___18___free time and they will be able to enjoy the things they like— sports，for example.
人教版八年级上册英语《期末检测题》(带答案解析)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题一、单项选择1.—_____ do most students use the internet? —Three times a week.A. How soon B. How many C. How long D. How often2.Did you do _____ in the countryside with your family? A. something interesting B. interesting something C. anything interesting D. interesting anything.3.There _____ more cars in two years in Hefei .The city will be more crowded. A. will have B. is going to have C. will be D. are going to have4.---Can you come to my house for dinner this weekend, Mary? ----_____. I have too much homework to do . A. Sure, I’d love to B. No, I don’t C. Sorry, I can’t D. Yes, I’d love5.________do you ________ talk shows ? I can’t stand them.A. How , think of B. How, like C. What, like D. What, think6.—Do you like eating junk food，Peter? —No，I ________ eat it. It's bad for our health.uallyB. sometimesC. alwaysD. never 7.My brother likes planes. He enjoys _____ all kinds of models. A. makes B. made C. to make D. making 8.He’s going to _____ an artist when he _____ up. A. do; grow B. do ; grows C. be; grow D. be; grows9.Please keep _____ ! My grandma is sleeping.A. activeB. quietC. fastD. serious10.--- How are you going to become a basketball player, Paul ?---I am going to practice _____ every day.A. play basketballB. to play basketballC. played basketballD. playing basketball11.Linda can’t _____ us because she has to study for a test tomorrow.A. joinB. playC. studyD. come12.—Could you give me some ________on how to learn math?—No problem.A. educationB. adviceC. newsD. experience13.--- My brother is ill in hospital. --- _____ .A. Excuse meB. I’m sorry to hear thatC. ReallyD. That sounds good14.There is an interesting talk show on TV now. Please _____.A. turn it onB. turn on itC. turn it offD. turn off it15._________ they’re brother and sister,they don’t look the same.A. ThoughB. BecauseC. WhenD. If16.—Is your bicycle the same ________ Nelly's?—No，mine is different ________ hers.A. as；fromB. to；asC. from；toD. as；with17.Why don't you he!p your little daughter?-Because I think she is_________to dress herself.A. young enoughB. old enoughC. enough youngD. enough old18.---What happened to your grandma ?--- She ________ and broke her leg yesterday.A. fell downB. felt likeC. found outD. brought out19.I’m not ________ Linda. She can take good care of herself.A. worried aboutB. excited aboutC. careful ofD. afraid of20.Would you please ________ me ________ the housework?A. help; inB. to help; withC. help ; doingD. help; with二、完形填空Peter is an American boy. He likes ___21___ football matches,___22___ he doesn’t have enough money to buy tickets. He has to watch matches ___23___ TV at home when he has ___24___ homework. He must go to school from Monday to Friday, so he missed a lot of important football matches.A big football match would be held (举行）in the next day. ___25___ wanted to watch it very much. But he couldn’t. He would have a physics test in ___26___ afternoon.＂Can we have a video, Mom?＂Peter asked his mother ___27___ he went to school. ＂Then from our TV set you can record （录音）the match for me.＂＂I’m ___28___ we can’t afford (买得起）one,＂said his mother. The next morning Peter went home with a smile, ___29___ a new video. ＂But where did you get the money, Peter?＂His mother asked in surprise. ＂That’s ___30___, Mom. I sold our TV set.＂21. A. watching B. seeing C. playing D. looking22. A. and B. so C. but D. or23. A. in B. on C. at D. with24. A. few B. a few C. many D. quite a little25. A. Mother B. Father C. Teacher D. Peter26. A. the same B. the different C. a D. as27. A. after B. before C. because D. as28. A. glad B. afraid C. pleased D. happy29. A. carrying B. listening C. watching D. playing30. A. difficult B. easy C. difficulty D. easily三、阅读理解.AWhen I was young，I liked to play jokes on people I knew, especially on my parents and friends. One day my mother was cooking and I was playing with my younger brother Tony. Suddenly I ran to my mother and said: “Tony fell from the open window!” She was very worried and ran out of the kitchen. Then I said: “Don’t worry, I’m just joking.” My mother shouted at me, “If you do it again, I’ll hit you.”Another day I went swimming with my friends in the sea. I wanted to play a joke on them. In the beginning I swam fast an d I called out “Help!”. All my friends came to help me. However, they found that I was joking. But half an hourlater I wasn’t joking. I was so fast, soon I got tired and couldn’t swim on in water. I tried my best to call my friends for help, but this time nobody came to help me.In the end they found I was telling the truth. They came and saved my life. They took me to the hospital. This is the best lesson in my life. From then on I haven’t joked on anyone.31. When he was young, the writer liked to _______.A. play with his brotherB. help his mother cookC. play jokes on peopleD. go swimming with his friends32. What happened when the writer was playing with his brother? ______A. He got tired.B. He played a joke on his mother.C. Tony fell from the open window.D. His mother hit him.33. In the beginning, all his friends came to help him because he ______.A. swam fastB. called for helpC. would sink in waterD. couldn’t swim on in the water34. When the writer called his friends for help for the second time, they ______.A. took him to the hospital at onceB. came and saved him immediatelyC. thought at first he was joking againD. did nothing because the writer had lied to them35. The story tells us that ________.A. swimming is dangerousB. the writer is a naughty boyC.one can play jokes only on people he knowsD. if someone always tells lies, others won’t trust (信任) him B Amy and David live in the same neighborhood. They often play together. Amy is smart，so David always doeswhat Amy asks him to do.One cold morning，Amy and David went to the mountains. When they got to one of the most dangerous places，they found a man lying in the snow. He looked very weak(虚弱的). ＂He is going to die. Let's help him！＂David said to Amy .＂Don't help him！If you take him with you，maybe you will lose your life.＂said Amy. The man felt very cold. David thought for some time and then he decided to help him.＂This time I won't listen to you，Amy.＂David said. Amy was angry and left alone. David put the man on his back and walked on. David's temperature made the man get warm. Later ，the man got better and could walk. About two hours later ，they saw Amy. But they were surprised that Amy was lying in the snow. ＂Help me ，David ！I need your help ！＂said Amy. Then David and the man helped Amy. They put Amy on their backs in turn. At last they walked out of the mountains together. 36. What did Amy do when she found the man? A. She asked David to help him. B. She put him on his back. C. She helped him walk on.D. She walked away angrily.37. The underlined word ＂alone ＂ means ________ in Chinese. A. 独自地B. 开心地C. 神秘地D. 结伴地38. From the passage ，we can know David was a ________ man. A. dangerousB. friendlyC. smartD. funny39. Which of the following is TRUE?A. Amy felt very happy when David decided to help the man.B. David helped Amy and the man walk out of the mountains. CThe man didn't help Amy because Amy didn't help him.D. David and the man got out of the mountains ，but Amy died in the snow. 40. What does the passage mainly tell us? A. It's dangerous for us to go to the mountains. B. We shouldn't make friends with our neighbors. C. We should help others when they need help. D. If we don't help others ，others won't help us.C41. There will be _________in Grand Movie Theater this week.A. one Chinese filmB. two Chinese filmsC. three American filmsD. a lot of foreign films42. If a man with his child goes to Grand Movie Theater on Sunday, they will pay _________for the film.A. ＄ 12B. ＄9C. ＄6D. ＄543. If you are free on Friday morning, you can see the film _____________in Grand Movie Theater.A. KUNGFU HUSTLEB. A WORLD WITHOUT THIEVESC. TROYD. HARRY POTTER (VII)44. You can see three films either on ___________or on_________________.A. Wednesday; FridayB. Tuesday; WednesdayC. Thursday; FridayD. Saturday; Sunday45. From the poster, we know ________is a director and actor in the film.A. Alfonso CuaronB. Feng XiaogangC. Wolfgang PetersonD. Zhou XingchiDThere are many people in the bus and there are no empty（空的）seats. When a young man gets on, an old man near him wants to stand up, but the young man pushes（推）him back to his seat.“Thank you,” he says,“But please don’t do that, I can stand here.”“But, young man…”“I ask you to keep the seat,”the young man doe s not let the old man finish his words.But the old man again wants to get up. He says, “Young man, please let me…”“No, no.”says the young man, and then he pushes the old man back into his seat again.At last the old man gets up from his seat. He says to the young man, “You make me three stops away from my home.I want…”46. The young man has to stand in the bus because ______.A. there are few people in the busB. an old man is in his seatC. he likes to do soD. there is not any free seat in the bus47. When the old man tries to get up, the young man thinks ______A. the old man wants to keep the seat for himselfB. it is time for the old man to get off the busC. the old man wants to give his seat to himD. the old man wants to talk with him48. The young man pushes the old man back to his seat because_______A. he doesn’t want him to get upB. he doesn’t want to take the old man’s seatC. the old man is kind to himD. he doesn’t want him to get off the bus49. From the story we can see that ________.A. the old man wants to drive the busB. the young man is strong and can stand in the busC. the young man misunderstands(误解某人的意思) the old manD. the old man knows the young man50. The last sentence（句子）of the story should be “______”A. I want to get off the busB. I want to stand in the busC. I want to give my seat to youD. I want to sit over there根据对话内容，从下面选择恰当的选项补全对话，其中有两项多余.A: Do you like eating sandwiches, Tom?B: Yes, I do. ___51___A: What do you like in them?B: ___52___A: What about tomatoes?B: No, I don’t like them.A: ___53___B: No, but I usually put some butter on one piece of bread.A: ___54___B: Yes, I can. I make a sandwich every morning.A: ___55___B: First, put some butter on one piece of bread. Then, put the lettuce and a fried egg on it. Next, put another piece of bread on the top.A: It’s so easy. Thank you very much.A. Do you put some sauce in the sandwich?B. What can I do for you?C. Here is the recipe for sandwiches.D. They are my favorite food.E. Can you make sandwiches yourself?F. I like lettuce and fried eggs in them.G. How do you make it?五．词汇应用.根据汉语提示或所给单词的适当形式填空.56. Emma likes eating ________（新鲜的）fruit and vegetables.57. Lots of foreigners come to China to learn Chinese________（文化）.58. ---Why do you join the English club?--Because I want to ________（提高）my English.59. When she saw the birthday cake,she was very ________（吃惊的) and happy.60. Everyone will make________（错误）in their life.61. John is not good at ________ (sing), but he would like to have a try.62. ________ (final), they found the three lost children on the mountain.63. Mrs. Miller ________（teach) us Science last term.64. It’s ________ (danger) to walk on the ice.65. Of all the students, Jim did ________ (badly).句型转换66. Will you leave for Nanjing next month? （作否定回答）No, ________ ________.67. We did homework for an hour yesterday. （改为一般疑问句）________ you________ your homework four an hour yesterday?68. I got up at 6：00 am.My mother got up at 5：00 am.(合并成一个句子)My mother got up________ ________ me.69. Mike decided that he would buy the CD. (同义句转换)Mike decided ________ ________ the CD.70. We went hiking last weekend. （对划线部分提问）________ did you ________ last weekend?71.书面表达春节将至，马上又是新的一年.俗话说“一年之计在于春”，在新的一年里，你有什么计划呢？有没有需要改掉的习惯？有没有新的愿望要在新的一年里实现呢？请根据下面的提示，以“My New Year’s Resolutions”为题，写一篇不少于70词的作文，介绍一下你的新年计划.内容提示：1. 努力学习;2.经常打篮球；3，花更多的时间和家人相伴；4. 改掉不好的习惯(get over bad habits)My New Year’s ResolutionsThe Spring Festival is coming soon. I have some plans for the new year. ___________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________答案与解析一、单项选择1.—_____ do most students use the internet?—Three times a week.A. How soonB. How manyC. How longD. How often【答案】D【解析】句意“-大部分学生多久使用一次网络？-一周三次”A.how soon多久（与一般将来时连用，回答用in+一段时间）；B.how many多少（加可数名词复数）；C.how long多久（时间长短），多长（长度）；D.how often多久一次（表频率）.根据three times a week可知，表示频率，故选D.2.Did you do _____ in the countryside with your family?A. something interestingB. interesting somethingC. anything interestingD. interesting anything.【答案】C【解析】句意：“你和你的家人在乡村做了有趣的事情了吗？”.something与anything为复合不定代词，当形容词修饰复合不定代词时，形容词往后放，且在疑问句中，any表示一些，故选C.点睛：some与any的区别：some用在肯定句中表示一些；用于疑问句中表示一些，且用于疑问句中表示建议，并希望得到对方的肯定回答.any用于否定句和疑问句中表示一些，用于肯定句中表示任何.3.There _____ more cars in two years in Hefei .The city will be more crowded.A. will haveB. is going to haveC. will beD. are going to have【答案】C【解析】句意“两年后，合肥将会有更多的车，城市将会变得更加拥挤”.there be不与have连用，根据句意，故选C.4.---Can you come to my house for dinner this weekend, Mary?----_____. I have too much homework to do .A. Sure, I’d love toB. No, I don’tC. Sorry, I can’tD. Yes, I’d love【答案】C【解析】句意“-玛丽，这周你能来我家吃饭吗？-对不起，不行，我有许多作业要做”.A.当然，我愿意；B.不.用can 问要用can回答；C.对不起，我不能；D.I'd love to中的to不可省略，根据句意，故选C.5.________do you ________ talk shows ? I can’t stand them.A. How , think ofB. How, likeC. What, likeD. What, think【答案】B【解析】试题分析：句意：你认为脱口秀怎么样?我不能忍受那些脱口秀.How do you like…? ="What" do you think of…? 你认为……怎么样？故答案为B.考点：考查特殊疑问词及动词短语.6.—Do you like eating junk food，Peter? —No，I ________ eat it.It's bad for our health. A. usually B. sometimes C. always D. never 【答案】D 【解析】句意“-彼得，你喜欢吃垃圾食品吗？-不，我从不吃，因为它对我的健康没有好处”.A.通常；B.有时；C.总是；D.从不.根据句意，故选D.7.My brother likes planes. He enjoys _____ all kinds of models.A. makesB. madeC. to makeD. making【答案】D【解析】句意“我的弟弟喜欢飞机，他喜欢各种模型”.enjoy doing sth喜欢做某事.根据句意，故选D.8.He’s going to _____ an artist when he _____ up.A. do; growB. do ; growsC. be; growD. be; grows【答案】D【解析】句意“当他长大后，他想成为一名艺术家”.be成为，且根据主将从现原则，第一空用一般现在时，主语为he，用grows，故选D.9.Please keep _____ ! My grandma is sleeping.A. activeB. quietC. fastD. serious【答案】B【解析】句意“请保持安静，我的祖母正在睡觉”.A.活跃的；B.安静的；C.快的；D.严肃的.根据句意，故选B. 10.--- How are you going to become a basketball player, Paul ?---I am going to practice _____ every day.A. play basketballB. to play basketballC. played basketballD. playing basketball【答案】D【解析】句意“-保罗，你要如何成为一名篮球运动员？-我打算每天练习篮球”.practice doing sth练习做某事，根据句意，故选D.11.Linda can’t _____ us because she has to study for a test tomorrow.A. joinB. playC. studyD. come【答案】A【解析】句意“琳达不能加入我们了，因为她要为明天的考试而学习”.A.加入；B.玩；C.学习；D.来.根据句意，故选A.12.—Could you give me some ________on how to learn math?—No problem.A. educationB. adviceC. newsD. experience【答案】B【解析】句意“-你能给我一些如何学习数学的建议吗？-没问题”.A.教育；B.建议（不可数名词）；C.新闻；D.经历.advice on关于……的建议.根据句意，故选B.13.--- My brother is ill in hospital. --- _____ .A. Excuse meB. I’m so rry to hear thatC. ReallyD. That sounds good【答案】B【解析】句意“-我的弟弟生病住院了-很抱歉听到这个消息”.A.打扰一下；B.听到这个我感到很抱歉；C.真的；D.听起来不错.当听到别人说不好的消息时，要用I’m sorry to hear that.根据句意，故选B.14.There is an interesting talk show on TV now. Please _____.A. turn it onB. turn on itC. turn it offD. turn off it【答案】A【解析】句意“现在电视上有一个有趣的脱口秀，请把电视打开”.it为代词，代词要放在动词词组的中间，排除B 和D.turn on打开；turn off关闭.根据句意，故选A.15._________ they’re brother and sister,they don’t look the same.A. ThoughB. BecauseC. WhenD. If【答案】A【解析】句意“尽管他们是兄妹，但是他们看起来一点也不像”.A.尽管；B.因为；C.当……时候；D.如果.根据句意，故选A.16.—Is your bicycle the same ________ Nelly's?—No，mine is different ________ hers.A. as；fromB. to；asC. from；toD. as；with【答案】A【解析】句意“-你的自行车和奈利的一样吗？-不，我的和他的不同”.the same as和……一样；be different from 与……不同.根据句意，故选A.17.Why don't you he!p your little daughter?-Because I think she is_________to dress herself.A. young enoughB. old enoughC. enough youngD. enough old【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：-你为什么不帮助你的小女儿？-因为我认为她足够大了可以自己穿衣服了.young enough 足够年轻；old enough （年龄）足够大；C 和D 两个选项形式错误，enough 作副词，修饰形容词时，应放在形容词后面.根据句意可知，女儿年龄足够大可以去自己穿衣服，故应选B . 18.---What happened to your grandma ? --- She ________ and broke her leg yesterday. A. fell down B. felt likeC. found outD. brought out【答案】A 【解析】句意“-你的祖母怎么了？-她昨天摔倒了，伤了他的腿”.A.摔倒；B.想要；C.查明；D.出版.根据句意，故选A.19.I’m not ________ Linda. She can take good care of herself. A. worried about B. excited aboutC. careful ofD. afraid of【答案】A 【解析】句意“我不担心琳达，他能很好的照顾他自己”.A.担心；B.对……振奋；C.对……小心；D.害怕.根据句意，故选A.20.Would you please ________ me ________ the housework? A. help; inB. to help; withC. help ; doingD. help; with【答案】D 【解析】句意“你能在我的数学方面帮助我一下吗？”.根据would you please do 以及help sb with sth 可知，故选D.二、完形填空Peter is an American boy. He likes ___21___ football matches, ___22___ he doesn’t have enough money to buy tickets. He has to watch matches ___23___ TV at home when he has ___24___ homework. He must go to school from Monday to Friday, so he missed a lot of important football matches.A big football match would be held (举行）in the next day. ___25___ wanted to watch it very much. But he couldn’t. He would have a physics test in ___26___ afternoon.＂Can we have a video, Mom?＂ Peter asked his mother ___27___ he went to school. ＂Then from our TV set you can record （录音）the match for me.＂＂I’m ___28___ we can’t afford (买得起）one,＂ said his mother. The next morning Peter went home with a smile, ___29___ a new video. ＂But where did you get the money, Peter?＂ His mother asked in surprise. ＂That’s___30___, Mom. I sold our TV set.＂21. A. watching B. seeing C. playing D. looking22. A. and B. so C. but D. or23. A. in B. on C. at D. with24. A. few B. a few C. many D. quite a little25. A. Mother B. Father C. Teacher D. Peter26. A. the same B. the different C. a D. as27. A. after B. before C. because D. as28. A. glad B. afraid C. pleased D. happy29. A. carrying B. listening C. watching D. playing30.A. difficult B. easy C. difficulty D. easily 【答案】21. A 22. C 23. B 24. D 25. D 26. A 27. B 28. B 29. A 30. B【解析】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述彼得喜欢看足球比赛，但有一天，一场重要的足球比赛和他的物理考试冲突，他想让他妈妈给他买一个录像机，他妈妈没钱买，最后，彼得把电视卖了，买了一个录像机.【21题详解】句意“他喜欢看足球比赛，但他没有足够的钱买票”.A.看（指全神贯注的看）；B.看（指看的结果）；C.玩；D.看（指看的动作）.根据句意，故选A.【22题详解】句意“他喜欢看足球比赛，但他没有足够的钱买票”.通过前后文可知，表示转折关系，故选C.【23题详解】句意“当他作业少时，他就在电视上看比赛”.on TV在电视上.根据句意，故选B.【24题详解】句意“当他作业少时，他就在电视上看比赛”.homework为不可数名词，不能用few和many修饰，故选D.【25题详解】句意“彼得非常想看这个比赛，但是他不能看”.根据句意可知，彼得想看，故选D.【26题详解】句意“他在同一个下午有一场物理考试”.根据句意，指的是同一个下午，故选A.【27题详解】句意“彼得在上学前问他的妈妈：妈妈，我们可以买一个录像机吗？”.A.在……之后；B.在……之前；C.因为；D.当.根据句意，故选B.【28题详解】句意“妈妈说，恐怕我们买不起”.A.高兴的；B.害怕的；C.高兴的；D.高兴的.根据句意，故选B.【29题详解】句意“彼得手里拿着新的录像机，面带微笑的回家了”.A.携带；B.听；C.看；D.玩.根据句意，故选A. 【30题详解】句意“妈妈，很容易，我把电视机卖了”.A.困难的；B.容易的；C.困难；D.容易地.空在be动词之后，用形容词，根据句意，故选B.点睛：做完型填空时，首先要通读课文，明白主旨大意，然后再做题.做完型时要记住“瞻前顾后想结果”这一原则，根据上下文以及语境做题，切忌主观臆断.另外，平时还要多多积累词汇.完型填空常考名词、动词、形容词和副词等辨析.做词义辨析题时，首先要确认四个选项的含义，然后分析语境和逻辑关系，确定答案.三、阅读理解.AWhen I was young，I liked to play jokes on people I knew, especially on my parents and friends. One day my mother was cooking and I was playing with my younger brother Tony. Suddenly I ran to my mother and said: “Tony fell from the open window!” She was very worried and ran out of the kitchen. Then I said: “Don’t worry, I’m just joking.” My mother shouted at me, “If you do it again, I’ll hit you.”Another day I went swimming with my friends in the sea. I wanted to play a joke on them. In the beginning I swam fast and I called out “Help!”. All my friends came to help me. However, they found that I was joking. But half an hour later I wasn’t joking. I was so fast, soon I got tired and couldn’t swim on in water. I tried my best to call my friends for help, but this time nobody came to help me.In the end they found I was telling the truth. They came and saved my life. They took me to the hospital. This is the best lesson in my life. From then on I haven’t joked on anyone.31. When he was young, the writer liked to _______.A. play with his brotherB. help his mother cookC. play jokes on peopleD. go swimming with his friends32. What happened when the writer was playing with his brother? ______A. He got tired.B. He played a joke on his mother.C. Tony fell from the open window.D. His mother hit him.33. In the beginning, all his friends came to help him because he ______.A. swam fastB. called for helpC. would sink in waterD. couldn’t swim on in the water34. When the writer called his friends for help for the second time, they ______.A. took him to the hospital at onceB. came and saved him immediatelyC. thought at first he was joking againD. did nothing because the writer had lied to them35. The story tells us that ________.A. swimming is dangerousB. the writer is a naughty boyC. one can play jokes only on people he knowsD. i f someone always tells lies, others won’t trust (信任) him【答案】31. C 32. B 33. B 34. C 35. D【解析】试题分析：这是一个英文版的狼来了的故事.文中的主人公喜欢跟人开玩笑，但是在一次自己差点因此送命之后，就再也不和人开玩笑了.【31题详解】细节理解题.根据第一段When I was young, I liked to play jokes on people I knew, 描述，可知当作者年轻时，他喜欢跟认识的人开玩笑.故选C.【32题详解】细节理解题.通读整篇短文可知当小男孩和母亲玩的时候，他开他母亲的玩笑. 故选B.【33题详解】细节理解题.根据第二段All my friends came to help me,描述，可知朋友们第一次听到我喊“救命”时，都过来帮助我.故选B.【34题详解】细节理解题.根据文中I tried my best to call my friends for help, but this time nobody came to help me. 可知，再次喊朋友帮忙的时候，没有人帮忙.故选C.【35题详解】主旨大意题.通读整篇短文可知如果有人总是说谎，别人就会不相信你了.故选D.BAmy and David live in the same neighborhood. They often play together. Amy is smart，so David always does what Amy asks him to do.One cold morning，Amy and David went to the mountains. When they got to one of the most dangerous places，they found a man lying in the snow. He looked very weak(虚弱的). ＂He is going to die. Let's help him！＂David said to Amy .＂Don't help him！If you take him with you，maybe you will lose your life.＂said Amy. The man felt very cold. David thought for some time and then he decided to help him.＂This time I won't listen to you，Amy.＂David said. Amy was angry and left alone. David put the man on his back and walked on. David's temperature made the man get warm. Later，the man got better and could walk. About two hours later，they saw Amy. But they were surprised that Amy was lying in the snow. ＂Help me，David！I need your help！＂said Amy. Then David and the man helped Amy. They put Amy on their backs in turn. At last they walked out of the mountains together.36. What did Amy do when she found the man?A. She asked David to help him.B. She put him on his back.C. She helped him walk on.D. She walked away angrily.37. The underlined word ＂alone＂means ________ in Chinese.A. 独自地B. 开心地C. 神秘地D. 结伴地38. From the passage，we can know David was a ________ man.A. dangerousB. friendlyC. smartD. funny39. Which of the following is TRUE?A. Amy felt very happy when David decided to help the man.B. David helped Amy and the man walk out of the mountains.C. The man didn't help Amy because Amy didn't help him.D. David and the man got out of the mountains，but Amy died in the snow.40. What does the passage mainly tell us?A. It's dangerous for us to go to the mountains.B. We shouldn't make friends with our neighbors.C. We should help others when they need help.D. If we don't help others，others won't help us.【答案】36. D 37. A 38. B 39. B 40. C【解析】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述大卫和艾米爬山，大卫救一个人，艾米很生气，后来艾米有了困难，大卫和那个男的又救了艾米.由此告诉我们一个道理“如果他人需要帮助时，我们要去帮助他人”.【36题详解】根据“This time I won't listen to you，Amy.” David said. Amy was angry and left alone可知，故选D.【37题详解】根据“This time I won't listen to you，Amy.” David said. Amy was angry and left alone可知，艾米很生气，自己走了，故选A.【38题详解】根据文章可知，艾米救了一个陌生人，说明他很友好，故选B.【39题详解】根据David put the man on his back and walked on以及Then David and the man helped Amy可知，故选B. 【40题详解】本篇文章告诉我们一个道理“如果他人需要帮助时，我们要去帮助他人”.故选C.点睛：细节理解题时考试时经常考查的一个题型.做细节理解题时，首先要先读题干，划题干中的关键词，再根据关键词定位至文中即可找到正确答案.C41. There will be _________in Grand Movie Theater this week.A. one Chinese filmB. two Chinese filmsC. three American filmsD. a lot of foreign films42. If a man with his child goes to Grand Movie Theater on Sunday, they will pay _________for the film.A. ＄ 12B. ＄9C. ＄6D. ＄543. If you are free on Friday morning, you can see the film _____________in Grand Movie Theater.A. KUNGFU HUSTLEB. A WORLD WITHOUT THIEVESC. TROYD. HARRY POTTER (VII)44. You can see three films either on ___________or on_________________.A. Wednesday; FridayB. Tuesday; WednesdayC. Thursday; FridayD. Saturday; Sunday45. From the poster, we know ________is a director and actor in the film.A. Alfonso CuaronB. Feng XiaogangC. Wolfgang PetersonD. Zhou Xingchi【答案】41. B 42. B 43. C 44. A 45. D【解析】试题分析：短文内容是关于四则电影海报的，海报中主要介绍了每部电影的导演，演员，上映时间及票价等信息.【41题详解】细节理解题.根据海报描述，可知本周在格兰德影院将有两部中国电影，《功夫》和《天下无贼》.故选B. 【42题详解】计算题.根据Time: From Friday to Sunday, at 6:30pm Ticket Price: ＄6（half on Sunday for children）描述，计算可知6+6÷2=9.故选B.【43题详解】细节理解题.根据TROY…Time: From Tuesday to Saturday, at 9:30am描述，可知在星期五上午上映的电影是《特洛伊》.故选C.【44题详解】推理判断题.根据四部电影的播出时间判断，可知无论是在星期三还是在星期五都可以看到三部电影.故选A.【45题详解】细节理解题.根据第二部电影中Director: Zhou Xingchi Stars: Zhou Xingchi ,描述，可知周星驰在电影中既做导演有当演员.故选D.DThere are many people in the bus and there are no empty（空的）seats. When a young man gets on, an old man near him wants to stand up, but the young man pushes（推）him back to his seat.“Thank you,” he says,“But please don’t do that, I can stand here.”“But, young man…”“I ask you to keep the seat,”the young man does not let the old man finish his words.But the old man again wants to get up. He says, “Young man, please let me…”“No, no.”says the young man, and then he pushes the old man back into his seat again.At last the old man gets up from his seat. He says to the young man, “You make me three stops away from my home.I want…”46. The young man has to stand in the bus because ______.A. there are few people in the busB. an old man is in his seatC. he likes to do soD. there is not any free seat in the bus47. When the old man tries to get up, the young man thinks ______A. the old man wants to keep the seat for himselfB. it is time for the old man to get off the busC. the old man wants to give his seat to himD. the old man wants to talk with him。
人教版八年级上册英语《期末检测试题》(附答案解析)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题单项选择1.—How many birds can you see in the trees?—I can see _____________ birds.A. hundreds ofB. five hundredsC. hundred ofD. five hundreds of2.—Peter, you got to school by taxi?—Oh, I ______________ take a taxi to school, but my bike needs repairing today.A. usuallyB. sometimesC. neverD. seldom3. Here comes the train.Let’s _________ .A. to get it onB. to get on itC. get it onD. get on it4.—Lucy, your homework is ________ good ________ it was last week. —I'm sorry,I didn't do it carefully. A. so; as B. as; as C. not so; as D. more; than5.My teacher helps to ________ the best in me.A. take outB. look outC. bring outD. come out6.—I can't believe it. Tony has invented a tree﹣planting machine.—Really? He is so _____ .A. shyB. rudeC. creativeD. friendly7.China plans to let tourists _______ the Xisha Island in the South China Sea this year.A. visitB. visitsC. visitingD. visited8.I'll the address, and ring you back.A. look outB. look forC. findD. find out9.Hong Kong is very ______ , so it is difficult to park the car.A. crowdedB. closeC. dirtyD. clean10.What is Linda going to do ____ next Sunday?A. onB. inC. atD. /11.He had to retire(退休)early_____poor health.A. as a resultB. becauseC. soD. because of12. What bad weather it was! We decided ____________________.A. to go outB. not to go outC. to not go outD. not going out13.I felt _____________when I heard the __________ news.A. exciting; excitedB. excited; excitingC. exciting; excitingD. excited; excited14. —I feel tired and sleepy.—Why not stop ______ for a while?A. restB. to restC. restingD. rested15.How beautiful the place is! I really want to stay here for ________ days.A. two anotherB. other twoC. another twoD. two other完形填空Do you have lots of friends ? What do you ___16___ friends and friendship ? And they very important to you ? Some of your friends may have different views and interests ,while some like doing the same ___17___ as you . Do you like the friends different from you___18___ the same as you? You may like the friends who ___19___ the same interests as you . But I don’t really care .I have two good friends , Peter and James . Peter is ___20___ me . I am a quiet boy , and Peter is also quiet . We ___21___ enjoy reading books and surfing the Internet . On weekends , we often go to library or ___22___ on the computer together . But James is very different from us . He likes playing ball games , and he is more athletic than us . He is ___23___ more outgoing . He likes talking and often makes ___24___ laugh . You see , friends are not____25____to be the same . Do you agree with me ?16. A. talk about B. think of C. thanks for D. look at17. A. interests B. views C. things D. habits18. A. or B. and C. until D. but19. A. are B. have C. show D. get20. A. like B. as C. for D. with21. A. all B. each C. both D. some22. A. watch B. work C. read D. play23. A. a few B. few C. a lot D. little24. A. him B. her C. them D. us25. A. important B. necessary C. difficult D. different阅读理解阅读下面两篇语言材料，然后按文后要求做题.AMost American families like to have a vacation in summer. Summer is a good season for vacation. It is often hot in July and August.Children do not go to school in those two months. Some people like to stay at home, read books, or watch TV. Many families take their lunch to eat at a place with many trees or a nice lake. Some people have enough time and money to travel to other countries like France, Japan and Australia. They usually fly to these countries. Many families travel by car or train to see interesting places in their own countries. Their favorite cities are New York, Chicago, Miami, San Francisco and Los Angeles.Not everyone likes to go to busy cities. Some families travel to mountains or beautiful valleys.26. _____ is a good season for vacation.A. SpringB. SummerC. AutumnD. Winter27. Some people like to stay at home during their vacation. They don’t _____.A. read booksB. visit their friendsC.watch TVD. go to work 28. Many families like to have their lunch _____ during their vacation. A. in the office B. near a cinema C. near a big factory D. near a nice lake 29. If you have _____, you can travel to other countries. A. money and friends B. friends and time C. money and time D. food 30. Which of the following is “芝加哥”?A. Chicago. B. New York. C. Miami. D. Los Angeles. B It was a nice winter day. After dinner, Ms. Lee checked (查看) her e-mails as usual. One e-mail caught her eye.It was from Mary, a girl who sat at the back of the classroom. She answered questions a lot in class.Ms. Lee,I love you and your classes. They are always interesting and full of surprises. Wish you a good holiday! Well, Steve, Ella and I want to improve our English during the holidays. We've no idea what to do. Any good advice?Stopping here, Ms. Lee began to think carefully. “Steve spends lots of time remembering words, but always forgets most of them quickly! Ella didn't do well in the final exam. She has to go over her lessons a lot. Mary will go to a writing competitio n. She needs to read more and improve her writing in a short time.”Just then, her phone rang. It was a message from her best friend, an English teacher in another middle school. Her friend suggested a trip to Hong Kong. Ms. Lee told her she was available, but she didn't feel like going because she still had no idea how to help her students. Her friend laughed and soon sent her a picture with a QR code (二维码) in it. “It's all you want,” her friend said. Ms. Lee scanned (扫描) the code and found it was an English homework project for the coming winter holidays from English Weekly. As she read it, there appeared a big smile on her face.31. Which of the following about Mary is TRUE?A. She was quiet in class.B. She enjoyed her English classes.C. She dreamed of a relaxing holiday.D. She forgot to write her English homework.32. Mary wrote the e-mail mainly to _______.A. say sorry to Ms. LeeB. give advice to Ms. LeeC. ask Ms. Lee for helpD. make friends with Ms. Lee33. What was Steve's problem?A. He read too little in English.B. He was afraid of English exams.C. He didn't do well in English writing.D. He couldn't remember English words well.34. What d oes the underlined word “suggested” in the last paragraph mean in Chinese?A. 申报B. 庆祝C. 提议D. 取消35. What might Ms. Lee think of the homework project?A. Useful.B. Common.C. Difficult.D. Boring.根据句意及汉语提示写单词完成句子.36. I wrote to him last week，but he didn't________(答复)．37. Please help me________(转寄)the email to Liu Li.38. Li Weikang________(打印)many books last night.39. I'm________(高兴的)to meet you in Wuhan.40. He's________(伤心)to lose her best friend.句型转换41. Did you enjoy yourself last night?(同义句转换)Did you_______ ________ ________ ________last night?42. Do you want to come here?(同义句转换)______ you _______ to come here?43. We rode bicycles to Georgetown.(同义句转换)We went to Georgetown _______ ________.44. I wonder what life was like here in the past.(同义句转换)I _______ ______ ________ what life was like here in the past.45. He did some sports last week.(改为否定句)He ______ _______ sports last week.46. What do you think of the TV play?(同义句转换)_______ do you ______ the TV play?47. Why don’t you come to jo in us?(同义句)_______ ______ come to join us?48. I plan to watch Kungfu PandaⅢ tonight. (改为一般疑问句)_____ you _______ to watch Kungfu PandaⅢ tonight?49. I hope to find a good job some day. (改为同义句)I ______ that _______ _______ _______ a good job some day.50. They may not be very excited. (改为同义句)______ they _______ _______ very excited.根据汉语完成句子，每空一词.51. 我觉得汤姆和保罗没有任何相同之处.I don't think Tom and Paul ________ anything ________ ________．52. 你认为谁是最具有创造性的表演者？Who do you think is the ________ ________ ________？53. 上周我们班许多男孩子，例如马克和戴尔，经常看足球比赛.Last week lots of boys in our class，_______ ________，Mark and Dale often watched soccer games.54. 到现在为止我有五个好朋友.________ ________ I have got five good friends55. 这个电视节目越来越受欢迎.This TV program is getting ________ ________ ________ ________．情景交际.A: Hello, Mr. WangB: Hello, Mr WilsonA: ___56___B:Yes. Our lives are getting better and better , Mr Wilson , ___57___ A: Three days.B: ___58___A: Very good .It's beautiful and quiet .B: It seems that you know our city . Have you ever been here before ? A: Yes, ____59____B: Then this time you are here for?A: Just for a holidayB: I'm very glad you like our city. ____60____A: Thank you.A. How do you like our city?B. Your city has changed a lot these years, hasn't it?C. I came here to give a report on food safety two years ago.D .That will make you more relaxed. E. How long have you been here? F. Have a good time. G. Talking of my spare time. 61.书面表达根据下列表格内容写一篇短文,介绍一下你上周末活动.(90字以上)答案与解析单项选择1.—How many birds can you see in the trees?—I can see _____________ birds.A. hundreds ofB. five hundredsC. hundred ofD. five hundreds of【答案】A【解析】句意：—你能在树上看到多少只鸟? —我能看到上百只鸟. hundred名词，百；hundreds是其复数；hundreds of成千上百，后跟可数名词复数，表示约数，前面不能跟表示具体数字的词.故选A.点睛：百，千，百万，十亿等等，这几个英文单词，如果前边有确定的数词，则不加复数.如：3 thousand，三千；如果与of连用，就要用复数形式.如hundreds of:成百上千. thousands of:成千上万.2.—Peter, you got to school by taxi?—Oh, I ______________ take a taxi to school, but my bike needs repairing today.A. usuallyB. sometimesC. neverD. seldom【答案】D【解析】【分析】【详解】句意: ——Peter, 你坐出租车来的学校吗?——噢, 我很少坐出租车来学校, 但是我的自行车今天需要修理.考查频度副词.usually通常, sometimes有时, never从来不, seldom很少.根据but my bike needs repairing today 可知平时“很少坐出租车”，故选D.3. Here comes the train.Let’s _________ .A. to get it onB. to get on itC. get it onD. get on it【答案】D【解析】解析：句意：火车来了，让我们上火车吧.let’s do sth.让我们去做某事吧.let使役动词，后跟不带to的动词不定式作宾语补足语，故A、B不正确.get on上车，是介词词组，宾语放在词组后面，故答案选D.4.—Lucy, your homework is ________ good ________ it was last week.—I'm sorry, I didn't do it carefully.A. so; asB. as; asC. not so; asD. more; than【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：---露西，你的作业不如上周好.-----对不起，我没有仔细做.考查同级比较级.as+形容词或副词原级+as…：和…一样，同级比较，它的否定形式not as（so）+形容词或副词原级+as…：…不如…；结合句意和语境可知选C.5.My teacher helps to ________ the best in me.A. take outB. look outC. bring outD. come out【答案】C【解析】【分析】【详解】句意：我的老师帮助我发挥出最好的水平.A. take out 取出；B. look out当心、向外看; C. bring out 呈出、表现出；D. come out出来; 出现; 出版.根据语境可知，本句指“表现出”之意，故选C.6.—I can't believe it. Tony has invented a tree﹣planting machine.—Really? He is so _____ .A. shyB. rudeC. creativeD. friendly【答案】C【解析】句意：——我不能相信托尼发明了一个种树的机器.——真的吗？他是如此的有创造性.A. shy 害羞的； B. rude 粗鲁的； C. creative 有创造性的； D. friendly友好的；根据句意故选C7.China plans to let tourists _______ the Xisha Island in the South China Sea this year.A. visitB. visitsC. visitingD. visited【答案】A【解析】【详解】固定搭配let sb．do sth．意为“让某人做某事”；不带to的不定式做宾补；故选A.8.I'll the address, and ring you back.A. look outB. look forC. findD. find out【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：我查一下地址，然后给你回电话.考查动词短语.A. look out当心；B. look for 寻找；C. find 发现； D. find out查找，查明.查找地址要经过调查，询问等手段来查明，故答案为D.点睛：find, find out都含有“寻找、找到”的意思，但其含义和用法却不同.1. find意为“找到、发现”，通常指“找到”或发现具体的东西,也可指偶然发现某物或某种情况，强调的是找的结果.He didn’t find his bike.他没找到他的自行车.2. find out意为“找出、发现、查明”，多指通过调查、寻问、打听、研究之后“搞清楚、弄明白”，通常含有“经过困难曲折”的含义，指找出较难找到的、无形的、抽象的东西.Please find out when the train leaves.请查一下火车什么时候离站.拓展：look for意为“寻找”，是有目的地找，强调“寻找”这一动作.He is looking for his shoes.他在找他的鞋子.9.Hong Kong is very ______ , so it is difficult to park the car.A. crowdedB. closeC. dirtyD. clean【答案】A【解析】句意：香港非常的拥堵，因此停车很困难.A. crowded 拥堵的； B. close 近的； C. dirty 脏的； D. clean干净的；根据句意故选A10.What is Linda going to do ____ next Sunday?A. onB. inC. atD. /【答案】D【解析】句意：下周日琳达打算做什么？next/this修饰时间名词时，前面不加介词，故选D.11.He had to retire(退休)early_____poor health.A. as a resultB. becauseC. soD. because of【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：由于健康状况不佳，他不得不提前退休.A. as a result“结果”；B. because “因为”，引导句子；C. so “因此”，引导句子；D. because of“由于”，后接名词或动名词.poor health“健康状况不佳”是短语，故选D.12. What bad weather it was! We decided ____________________.A.to go outB. not to go outC. to not go outD. not going out 【答案】B【解析】考查固定搭配.句意“多么糟糕的天气啊！我们决定不外出.”“决定做某事”decide to do sth.，否定式是在to前加not.排除C、D；根据句意可知，是“决定不出门”，故选B.13.I felt _____________when I heard the __________ news.A. exciting; excitedB. excited; excitingC. exciting; excitingD. excited; excited【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：当我听到这个令人激动的消息时我感到很激动.考查形容词辨析.exciting令人激动的，用来修饰物；excited激动的，用来修饰人.分析句子可知，第一处用来修饰人，第二处用来修饰物，故选B.14. —I feel tired and sleepy.—Why not stop ______ for a while?A. restB. to restC. restingD. rested【答案】B【解析】【分析】【详解】试题分析：句意：--我感到疲劳和困倦.---为什么不停下来休息一会儿.短语stop to do sth.表示停下来去做某事;stop doing sth停止做某事；结合语境，故选B.15.How beautiful the place is! I really want to stay here for ________ days.A. two anotherB. other twoC. another twoD. two other【答案】C【解析】句意：这个地方多么漂亮啊！我真想再在这里呆两天.another修饰数词时，表示“再，又”，位于数词前；other表示“再，又”时，位于数词后.another two days=two other days再两天；故选C.完形填空Do you have lots of friends ? What do you ___16___ friends and friendship ? And they very important to you ? Some of your friends may have different views and interests ,while some like doing the same ___17___ as you . Do you like the friends different from you___18___ the same as you? You may like the friends who ___19___ the same interests as you . But I don’t really care .I have two good friends , Peter and James . Peter is ___20___ me . I am a quiet boy , and Peter is also quiet . We ___21___ enjoy reading books and surfing the Internet . On weekends , we often go to library or ___22___ on the computer together . But James is very different from us . He likes playing ball games , and he is more athletic than us . He is ___23___ more outgoing . He likes talking and often makes ___24___ laugh . You see , friends are not____25____to be the same . Do you agree with me ?16. A. talk about B. think of C. thanks for D. look at17. A. interests B. views C. things D. habits18. A. or B. and C. until D. but19. A. are B. have C. show D. get20. A. like B. as C. for D. with21. A. all B. each C. both D. some22. A. watch B. work C. read D. play23. A. a few B. few C. a lot D. little24. A. him B. her C. them D. us25. A. important B. necessary C. difficult D. different【答案】16. B 17. C 18. A 19. B 20. A 21. C 22. D 23. C 24. D 25. A【解析】本文谈论怎样选择朋友.作者列举了他的两个好朋友，彼得和詹姆斯.说明朋友有相同的兴趣和爱好并不重要.【16题详解】句意：你怎样评价朋友和友谊？考查动词短语.talk about谈论；think of认为，想到；thanks for因……而谢谢；look at看.句型“what…do you think of…?”：你怎样评价……？/你认为……怎么样？根据下文“And they very important to you ? Some of your friends may have different views and interests ,”可知此句句意是“你怎样评价朋友和友谊？”结合句意可知选B.【17题详解】句意：你的一些朋友可能有不同的观点和兴趣，而有些人喜欢做和你一样的事情.考查名词辨析.interests兴趣；views观点；things事物；habits习惯.根据动词doing可知“一些朋友喜欢做和你同样的事情”，故选C.【18题详解】句意：你喜欢和你不同的朋友还是和你一样的朋友？考查连词辨析.or 或者，表示选择关系；and和，表示顺承和递进关系；until直到，引导时间状语从句；but但是，表示转折关系.根据句意可知是选择关系，可知选A.A.or或者.你喜欢和你不同的还是相同的的朋友?【19题详解】句意：你可能喜欢和你有同样兴趣的朋友.考查谓语动词.are是；have有；show展示，显示；get获得，得到.根据句意可知选B.B.你也许喜欢和你兴趣相同的朋友.【20题详解】句意：彼得像我.考查介词.like像，只是单纯表示比较,而且通常不是同类事物进行比较，介词；as像，和……一样，表示同类事物比较，连词；for为了，介词；with和，介词.根据下文“I am a quiet boy , and Peter is also quiet .”可知“彼得像我.”本句是介词短语做表语，可知A.【21题详解】句意：我们都喜欢看书和上网.考查代词.all 都，三者及以上；each 每一个；both （两者）都；some：一些.根据上文“I am a quiet boy , and Peter is also quiet .”可知指“作者和皮特两个人都喜欢读书和上网.”故选C.【22题详解】句意：周末，我们经常一起去图书馆或玩电脑.考查动词辨析.watch看；work 工作；read读；play玩.根据on the computer可知填play；故选D. 【23题详解】句意：他更外向.考查修饰比较级的修饰词.a few和few修饰可数名词复数，而和little修饰不可数名词；a lot修饰比较级.故选C.【24题详解】句意：他喜欢说话，经常逗我们笑.考查代词.him他；her她；them他们；us我们.根据上文“But James is very different from us .”可知“他喜欢说话，经常逗我们笑.”故选D.【25题详解】句意：你看，朋友相同并不重要.考查形容词辨析.important重要的；necessary必要的；difficult困难的；different不同的.根据上文作者列举了他的朋友有和他相同的和不同的，可知此句句意是“你看，朋友相同并不重要.”故选A.阅读理解阅读下面两篇语言材料，然后按文后要求做题.AMost American families like to have a vacation in summer. Summer is a good season for vacation. It is often hot in July and August.Children do not go to school in those two months. Some people like to stay at home, read books, or watch TV. Many families take their lunch to eat at a place with many trees or a nice lake. Some people have enough time and money to travel to other countries like France, Japan and Australia. They usually fly to these countries. Many families travel by car or train to see interesting places in their own countries. Their favorite cities are New York, Chicago, Miami, San Francisco and Los Angeles.Not everyone likes to go to busy cities. Some families travel to mountains or beautiful valleys.26. _____ is a good season for vacation.A. SpringB. SummerC. AutumnD. Winter27. Some people like to stay at home during their vacation. They don’t _____.A. read booksB. visit their friendsC. watch TVD. go to work28. Many families like to have their lunch _____ during their vacation.A. in the officeB. near a cinemaC. near a big factoryD. near a nice lake29. If you have _____, you can travel to other countries.A. money and friendsB. friends and timeC. money and timeD. food30. Which of the following is “芝加哥”?A. Chicago.B. New York.C. Miami.D. Los Angeles.【答案】26. B 27. D 28. D 29. C 30. A【解析】试题分析：短文大意：该文主要介绍了美国家庭喜欢在夏天度假，要么待在家里，读书、看电视；要么去旅行，到有树木或湖边享用午餐；或着到国外旅行等.【26题详解】B细节理解题.根据文中第一段第二句Summer is a good season for vacation可知夏天是度假的好季节.所以该选B.【27题详解】D细节理解题.根据文中第二段第二句Some people like to stay at home, read books, or watch TV..可知他们待在家里，不去上班.所以该选D.【28题详解】D细节理解题.根据文中第二段第三句Many families take their lunch to eat at a place with many trees or a nice lake可知很多家人在有树木或一个漂亮的湖泊边吃午餐.所以该选D.【29题详解】C细节理解题.根据文中第二段第四句Some people have enough time and money to travel to other countries like France, Japan and Australia可知有些人有足够的时间和钱到其它国家旅行，像法国、日本和澳大利亚.所以该选C.【30题详解】A细节理解题.Chicago，New York，Miami，Los Angeles它们是芝加哥，.纽约，迈阿密，洛杉矶.所以该选A.考点：日常生活类阅读.BIt was a nice winter day. After dinner, Ms. Lee checked (查看) her e-mails as usual. One e-mail caught her eye. It was from Mary, a girl who sat at the back of the classroom. She answered questions a lot in class.Ms. Lee,I love you and your classes. They are always interesting and full of surprises. Wish you a good holiday! Well, Steve, Ella and I want to improve our English during the holidays. We've no idea what to do. Any good advice?Stopping here, Ms. Lee began to think carefully. “Steve spends lots of time remembering words, but always forgets most of them quickly! Ella didn't do well in the final exam. She has to go over her lessons a lot. Mary will go to a writing competition. She needs to read more and improve her writing in a short time.”Just then, her phone rang. It was a message from her best friend, an English teacher in another middle school. Her friend suggested a trip to Hong Kong. Ms. Lee told her she was available, but she didn't feel like going because she still had no idea how to help her students. Her friend laughed and soon sent her a picture with a QR code (二维码) in it. “It's all you want,” her friend said. Ms. Lee scanned (扫描) the code and found it was an English homework project for the coming winter holidays from English Weekly. As she read it, there appeared a big smile on her face.31. Which of the following about Mary is TRUE?A. She was quiet in class.B. She enjoyed her English classes.C. She dreamed of a relaxing holiday.D. She forgot to write her English homework.32. Mary wrote the e-mail mainly to _______.A. say sorry to Ms. LeeB. give advice to Ms. LeeC. ask Ms. Lee for helpD. make friends with Ms. Lee33. What was Steve's problem?A. He read too little in English.B. He was afraid of English exams.C. He didn't do well in English writing.D. He couldn't remember English words well.34. What does the underlined word “suggested” in th e last paragraph mean in Chinese?A. 申报B. 庆祝C. 提议D. 取消35. What might Ms. Lee think of the homework project?A. Useful.B. Common.C. Difficult.D. Boring.【答案】31. B 32. C 33. D 34. C 35. A【解析】Lee女士收到了学生邮件，询问她如何学好英语，Lee女士正在发愁如何帮助她的学生们的时候，她的朋友帮助Lee女士找到了解决学生问题的办法.【31题详解】细节理解题.根据短文第二段Mary的邮件内容I love you and your classes.可知，她非常喜欢Lee女士的英语课.故应选B.【32题详解】细节理解题.根据短文第二段Mary的邮件内容中Well, Steve, Ella and I want to improve our English during the holidays. We've no idea what to do. Any good advice?可知，Mary写邮件是为了向Lee女士征求建议，如何在假期中提高英语.由此可知应选C.【33题详解】细节理解题.根据短文第三段中Steve spends lots of time remembering words, but always forgets most of themquickly!可知，Steve花费很多时间记单词，但总是很快就又忘了.由此可知应选D.【34题详解】词义猜测题.根据划线单词所在的语境Her friend suggested a trip to Hong Kong. Ms. Lee told her she wasavailable, but she didn't feel like going because she still had no idea how to help her students.，Lee女士不想去旅行，由此可知，她的朋友给她建议了一个去香港的旅行.suggest意为“建议”，故应选C. 【35题详解】推理判断题.根据短文的最后As she read it, there appeared a big smile on her face可知，在Lee女士读了这个项目之后，她的脸上出现了笑容.由此可推测，这个项目对解决她的学生们的问题是有用的.因此应选A.根据句意及汉语提示写单词完成句子.36. I wrote to him last week，but he didn't________(答复)．37. Please help me________(转寄)the email to Liu Li.38. Li Weikang________(打印)many books last night.39. I'm________(高兴的)to meet you in Wuhan.40. He's________(伤心)to lose her best friend.【答案】36. reply37. forward38. printed39. glad 40. sad【解析】【36题详解】句意：我上星期给他写信了，但他没有回复.助动词didn’t后跟动词原形，根据汉语提示可知，答案为reply.【37题详解】句意：请帮我把邮件转发给刘丽.help sb. do sth.帮助某人做某事，根据汉语提示可知，答案为forward.【38题详解】句意：李伟康昨晚打印了很多书.根据时间状语last night判断，句子的时态为一般过去时，故答案为printed.【39题详解】句意：我很高兴在武汉见到你.be glad to do sth.很高兴做某事，故答案为glad.【40题详解】句意：他很伤心失去了他最好的朋友.系动词is后跟形容词作表语，根据汉语提示可知，答案为sad.句型转换41. Did you enjoy yourself last night?(同义句转换)Did you_______ ________ ________ ________last night?42. Do you want to come here?(同义句转换)______ you _______ to come here?43. We rode bicycles to Georgetown.(同义句转换)We went to Georgetown _______ ________.44. I wonder what life was like here in the past.(同义句转换)I _______ ______ ________ what life was like here in the past.45. He did some sports last week.(改为否定句)He ______ _______ sports last week.46. What do you think of the TV play?(同义句转换)_______ do you ______ the TV play?47. Why don’t you come to join us?(同义句)_______ ______ come to join us?48. I plan to watch Kungfu PandaⅢ tonight. (改为一般疑问句) _____ you _______ to watch Kungfu PandaⅢ tonight?49. I hope to find a good job some day. (改为同义句)I ______ that _______ _______ _______ a good job some day.50. They may not be very excited. (改为同义句)______ they _______ _______ very excited.【答案】41. (1). have (2). a (3). good (4). time42. (1). Would (2). like43. (1). by (2). bicycle44. (1). want (2). to (3). know45. (1). didn't (2). do46. (1). How (2). like47. (1). Why (2). not48. (1). Do (2). plan49. (1). hope (2). I (3). can (4). find50. (1). Maybe (2). are (3). not【解析】【41题详解】句意：你昨晚玩得开心吗？题目要求同义句转换.enjoy yourself翻译为“玩得开心”，分析空格数，可用同义短语have a good time替换，故填(1). have (2). a (3). good (4). time.【42题详解】句意：你想来这儿吗？题目要求同义句转换.want to翻译为“想要”，分析空格数，可用同义短语would like替换,又因为用在句首需要大写，故填(1). Would (2). like.【43题详解】句意：我们骑自行车去乔治城.题目要求同义句转换.ride bicycles to sp翻译为“骑自行车去某地”，分析空格数，可用同义短语go to sp by bicycle替换，故填(1). by (2). bicycle.【44题详解】句意：我想知道过去这里的生活是什么样的.题目要求同义句转换.wonder翻译为“想知道”，分析空格数，可用同义短语want to know替换，故填(1). want (2). to (3). know.【45题详解】句意：他上周做了一些运动.题目要求改为否定句.分析句子可知，此句的谓语动词是实义动词did，所以否定句需用助动词didn't来帮助否定，原动词改为原形，故填(1). didn't (2). do.【46题详解】句意：你认为这部电视剧怎么样？题目要求同义句转换.What do you think of…翻译为“你认为……怎么样”，分析空格数，可用同义句型How do you like…替换，故填(1). How (2). like.【47题详解】句意：你为什么不加入我们呢？题目要求同义句转换.Why don't you翻译为“为什么不……”，分析空格数，可用同义短语Why not替换，故填(1). Why (2). not.【48题详解】句意：我打算今晚看功夫熊猫三.题目要求改为一般疑问句.分析句子可知，原句的谓语动词是实义动词plan，所以一般疑问句需借助动词do 帮忙提问，又因为用在句首需要大写，故填(1). Do (2). plan.【49题详解】句意：我希望有一天能找到一份好工作.题目要求同义句转换.hope to do翻译为“希望去做某事”，分析空格数，可用同义句型“hope+句子”替换，故填(1). hope (2). I (3). can (4). find.【50题详解】句意：他们可能不是很兴奋.题目要求同义句转换.分析句子可知，此句表示“他们可能不是很兴奋”的含义，may be作谓语动词可用maybe作副词替换，又因为用在句首所以要大写，故填(1). Maybe (2). are (3). not.根据汉语完成句子，每空一词.51. 我觉得汤姆和保罗没有任何相同之处.I don't think Tom and Paul ________ anything ________________．52. 你认为谁是最具有创造性的表演者？Who do you think is the ________________________？53. 上周我们班许多男孩子，例如马克和戴尔，经常看足球比赛.Last week lots of boys in our class，_______________，Mark and Dale often watched soccer games.54. 到现在为止我有五个好朋友.________________ I have got five good friends.55. 这个电视节目越来越受欢迎.This TV program is getting ________________________________．【答案】51. (1). have (2). in (3). common52. (1). most (2). creative (3). performer53. (1). for (2). example54. (1). So (2). far55. (1). more (2). and (3). more (4). popular【解析】【51题详解】我觉得汤姆和保罗没有任何相同之处.in common 共同的；故填 (1). have (2). in (3). common 【52题详解】你认为谁是最具有创造性的表演者？creative 创造性的，最高级前加most；performer 表演者；故填(1). most (2). creative (3). performer【53题详解】上周我们班许多男孩子，例如马克和戴尔，经常看足球比赛.for example 例如；故填 (1). for (2). example【54题详解】到现在为止我有五个好朋友.so far 到目前为止；故填 (1). So (2). far【55题详解】这个电视节目越来越受欢迎.比较级+and+比较级越来越；故填 (1). more (2). and (3). more (4). popular情景交际.A: Hello, Mr. WangB: Hello, Mr WilsonA: ___56___B:Yes. Our lives are getting better and better , Mr Wilson , ___57___A: Three days.B: ___58___A: Very good .It's beautiful and quiet . B: It seems that you know our city .Have you ever been here before ? A: Yes, ____59____B: Then this time you are here for? A: Just for a holiday B: I'm very glad you like our city. ____60____A: Thank you. A. How do you like our city? B. Your city has changed a lot these years, hasn't it? C. I came here to give a report on food safety two years ago. D. That will make you more relaxed. E. How long have you been here? F. Have a good time. G. Talking of my spare time. 【答案】56. B 57. E 58. A 59. C 60. F 【解析】本文主要谈论旅游的事情.【56题详解】句意：这些年你的城市变化很大，不是吗？根据回答，可知问句是一般疑问句或反义疑问句；结合下文Our lives are getting better and better ,（我们的生活正变得越来越好了，）结合句意可知选B.【57题详解】句意：你来这里多久了？根据回答Three days.可知询问时间段，就时间提问用“how long”，结合句意可知选E.【58题详解】句意：你觉得我们的城市怎么样？根据下文Very good .It's beautiful and quiet.（很好，很漂亮，很安静.）可知询问对某物的评价，对…评价用How….like…?或What…think of…？结合句意可知选A.【59题详解】句意：两年前我来这里发表了一篇关于食品安全的报告.根据上文Have you ever been here before?（你以前曾经来过这儿吗？）结合句意可知选C.【60题详解】句意：祝你玩得愉快.根据上文I'm very glad you like our city.（我很高兴你喜欢我们的城市.）和下文Thank you.（谢谢你.）结合句意可知选F.点睛：此类题要根据具体的情境和上下句，正确判断出对话涉及到的内容；问句和答语要遵循口语交际的习惯，不能脱离具体的语境，参照一定语法规则，但不能完全照搬照套语法规则.61.书面表达根据下列表格内容写一篇短文,介绍一下你上周末的活动.(90字以上)。
【人教版】八年级上学期英语《期末测试题》含答案解析
人教版八年级上学期英语期末测试卷学校________ 班级________ 姓名________ 成绩________一、听力（每题1分，共20分）第一节听下面5段对话。
每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选每段对话读两遍。
出最佳答案，并将其标号填入题前括号内。
1. How much yogurt do the speakers need?A.One cupB. Two cups.C. three cups2.What does the boy want to do tonight?A. To do his homeworkB. To hang outC. To help with the housework3. What will the boy do if he has a problem?A.Ask an expert for helpB. Talk to his motherC. Keep it to himself4. Why does Jack li ke to clean his father’s car on weekends?A. Because he can be outside.B. Because he can get some money.C. Because he likes cars.5. Where are they talking now?A. In the schoolB. In the parkC. At home第二节听下面几段对话或独白。
每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳答案，并将其标号填入题前括号内。
每段对话或独白读两遍。
听下面一段对话，回答第6至第7两个小题。
6. When did Steve go to bed last night?A. At 10:00B. At 10:30C. At 11:007. What did Steve do?A. He read a bookB. He did his homeworkC. He drew a picture听下面一段对话，回答第8至第9两个小题。
人教版英语八年级上册《期末检测卷》(附答案解析)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题听力测试录音中有五个句子，每个句子听两遍，然后从每小题A、B、C中选出能对每个句子做出适当反应的答语.1. A. Winter. B. Chinese. C. Sunday.2. A. It’s bad. B. Thank you. C. You’re welcome.3. A. It’s dry. B. It’s exciting. C. It’s cheap.4. A. On foot. B. Good. C. Blue.5. A. You’re right. B. Well done. C. Good idea.录音中有三个句子，每个句子对应一幅图片，每个句子听两遍，然后选择与句子内容相对应的图片.6. ___________7. ___________8. ___________A B C录音中有五组对话，听对话两遍后，从每小题A、B、C中选出能回答所给问题的正确答案.9. How much is the beef?A. $5.B. $10.C. $15.10. Where is the bookstore?A. It’s between the supermarket and the KFC.B. It’s behind the supermarket.C. It’s next to the KFC.11. What is Tom good at?A. Chinese.B. Maths.C. English.12. What will Tony do?A. He will do some reading.B. He will go out to play.C. He will go to bed.13. What will the weather be like tomorrow?A. Fine.B. Cloudy.C. Sunny.录音中有一段长对话，听对话两遍后，从每小题A、B、C中选出能回答所给问题的正确答案.14. Which country has Jim been to?A. The PRC.B. The USA.C. The UK.15. How long has Jim been back?A. For two days.B. Since three days ago.C. For a week.16. What holiday did Jim spend in that country?A. New Year.B. Christmas.C. Thanksgiving Day.17. Jim has returned to school, hasn’t he?A. Yes, he has.B. No, he hasn’t.C. We don’t know.录音中有三小段独白，听独白两遍后，根据独白内容，将信息配对.18. Jenny A. flying a kite19. Alan B. taking a trip to Paris20. Linda C. visiting the art museum听力填表（共5小题；录音播放前，你有20秒钟的读题时间）录音中有一篇短文，是马利亚相关情况的自我介绍.听短文两遍后，请你根据表格内容提示，记录信息，完成表格（每空一词）.阅读理解阅读下列短文，然后从每小题A、B、C、D 中选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案.ALong long ago, an old man lived with his three sons. He had 17 horses. One day, he died. In his will (遗嘱), the old man said that the eldest son would have half of the 17 horses, the second one would get one third and the youngest one would get one ninth!All of them were very puzzled (困惑的) to read the will. They spent several days thinking how to divide 17 horses, but couldn’t find the answer.They finally asked a wise (智慧的) man in their village for help. The wise man quickly found a way. He asked them to bring all 17 horses to a large place. Then he brought one of his horses and made the number of the horses become 18.He asked the first son to read the will. He should get half of the horses. It was 18/2---9 horses.The wise man asked the second son to read the will. He could get one third of the horses. It was 18/3---6 horses.The third son got one ninth of the horses. It was18/9---2 horses. There were 9+6+2 horses,which came to 17 horses. The wise man solved this problem easily and took back his horse. 1. The old man lived ______________. A. in a small town B. in a village C. with his two sons D. with a wise man2. What does the underlined word “divide” mean in Chinese?A. 分配B. 喂养C. 收集D. 售卖3. How many horses should the second son get?A. 2B. 3C. 6D. 94. Which of the following is TRUE?A. The youngest son could get three horses.B. The wise man got his horse back at last.C. The three sons asked the wise man for help at first.D. The wise man asked them to take all the horses to his home.5. What does the writer want to tell us in the passage?A. It’s not easy to be a wise man.B. Maths is important in our daily life.C. It’s difficult to solve a problem.D. Any problem has a way to solve.Speaking English is important. SpeakingPal is one of the best apps for Englishlearners to practice speaking. It allows users to speak English in short fundialogues with a video character.Speaking English is easy, but writing it is often much more difficult. If you startto learn English, I bet(敢说、打赌) that you would get lots of words misspelled（拼错）. If you don’t want this to happen, we suggest that you try SpellChecker which can help correct your English spelling easily.On Learn English Video, you’ll find two thousand best videos offered on topicssuch as British food and culture, everyday life and famous stories and poems. Itcan improve your English listening skills quickly.The most popular free Kobo Reading app gives you right to Kobo eBook storewith 4 millione-books and magazines. Join millions of readers world wide andread conveniently(方便地) on your mobile phone or computer.6. How many learning English ways are mentioned（提及）in the text（文章）?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.7. On Speaking Pal, you can chat with .A. a video characterB. personal computersC. foreign readersD. new friends8. If spelling is difficult for you, you’d better use .A. Speaking PalB. Spell CheckerC. Learn English VideoD. Kobo Reading9. Learn English Video can improve your .A. speaking skillsB. writing skillsC. listening skillsD. reading skills10. In which part of a magazine can we read the text?A. Science.B. Culture.C. Sports.D. Study.The moon was behind a cloud and there weren’t many stars in the sky.It was a dark night. I saw a glow(光，光亮) in my neighbour’s kitchen. I thought he was having a night meal so I went back to my bed.Soon, there was a smell of burning (烧东西的焦糊味) in the air and I thought there was probably something wrong. I jumped out of the bed quickly and went out to make s ure. I saw a fire coming out of my neighbour’s kitchen. Then I shouted "Fire! Fire!" But no one in the neighbourhood heard my shouts for help.I ran into my house, called the fire department (消防队) and went back to my neighbour’s house. I banged （猛敲）on the d oor and called out my neighbour’s name, but there was no answer. Finally I got into the house and rescued a cat and a dog.I tried to pour water through the kitchen window but it was no use. It was a big fire. Luckily, the firemen arrived soon and stopped the fire.When my neighbour came back, he was sad for his kitchen but he thanked me for calling the fire department and for saving his pets. He wanted to give me some money but I did not accept it.Weeks later, my neighbour had a new kitchen. He invited me to see his new kitchen and we enjoyed a big meal there. It made me very happy.11. When did the fire happen?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. At noon.D. At night. 12. Where was the writer when he found there was a smell of burning in the air?A. In his bedroom.B. In his kitchen.C. In his neighbour’s kitchen.D. In his neighbour’s living room.13. The underlined word “rescued” means “ ” according to the passage. A. saw B. called C. thanked D. saved14. What did the neighbour feel sad for? A. His pets. B. His kitchen. C. The firemen.D. The fire department. 15. How did the neighbour thank the writer? A. He gave the writer some money. B. He gave the writer his pet dog.C. He invited the writer to a big meal.D. He asked the writer to see a movie. DBThe seasons in Australia are not like ours.When it is winter in China ，it is summer there.Australia is a southerncountry.It is in the south of the world.June，July and August are the winter months；September，October and November are spring；the summer is in December，January and February；and March，April and May are the autumn months.The north of the country is hotter than the south.A very large part of this country has no rain at all.The east coast has rain all the year，and there are no dry months.The southeast winds blow the whole year.They bring rain from the sea.There is not much rain on the west side.The southeastern part of Australia has summer rain from the southeast winds.They only blow here in summer. The southwestern part of Australia has winter rain.The west winds blow over the southwest in winter only.In summer，the southwest of the country has no rain.In the north of Australia，there is no rain in winter.The rain comes in summer.The northwest winds bring it.16. It is ________ in Australia in November.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter17. In Australia，it is ________ in the south than in the north.A. hotterB. warmerC. colderD. cooler18. The ________ of Australia has the most rain.A. eastern partB. southeastern partC. southern partD. northern part19. The southwest of the country has no rain in summer because ________.A. it is dry thereB. the west winds never blowC. the northwest winds blowD. the west winds blow only in winter20. There is no rain in winter ________ of Australia.A. in the southeastB. in the northC. in the southwestD. in the south短文还原阅读短文，从短文下面方框中的六个句子中选择五个还原到短文中，使短文通顺完整、衔接自然.Qian Zhongshu was one of the most famous Chinese writers to the western world. He was born on November 21, 1910 in Wuxi, Jiangsu Province. He grew up with his uncle, who didn’t have a son._____21_____ He only needed to read something once before learning it by heart. He showed his good memory at an early age. When he was a small boy, his uncle often took him to tea houses._____22_____ When they returned home, he could repeat the stories to his cousins.______23______ Although he failed his math test, he entered the university because he was so good at Chinese and English.In Tsinghua University he met his wife Yang Jiang, who is one year younger than him and a famous writer, too. _______24_______ Two years later, their daughter Qian Yuan was born. Qian died of illness on December 19, 1998.Qian left many works to the world. _______25_______ It has been translated into (已经被翻译成) more than six foreign languages.A. They married in 1935.B. Qian went to Tsinghua University in 1929.C. Qian had a surprising memory (记忆力).D. Do you know more about Qian Zhongshu?E. He liked reading story books in the tea houses.F. His most famous novel, Fortress Besieged (围城), came out in 1947.综合填空A阅读下列短文，根据短文内容，从每个方框内所给11个词汇中选择10个意义相符的词汇，必要时进行词形变化，填入空白处.The tiger is the largest wild cat（猫科动物）in the world.Tigers wait until it is dark, then they go out to find their _____26_____. When a tiger sees an animal, it moves very _____27_____, _____28_____ jumps on the animal to kill it. Sometimes it can take several _____29_____ for a tiger to finish eating its kill.Tigers are _____30_____ from others in the cat family. Most cat families don’t like water, _____31_____ they like water. They often jump ____32____ rivers to swim.All tigers are _____33_____ danger. People killed them to use their skins（皮）_____34_____ clothes, and theirbodies for medicine.There is ____35____ and less land for tigers to live on. But now people have made plans to protect them.B阅读下面的短文，根据短文内容，从每个方框内所给的11个词汇中选择10个意义相符的词汇，必要时可加情态动词或者助动词，进行词形变化，填入空白处.Long long ago, the youngest daughter of Emperor Yan went ______36______ on the Eastern Sea. The girl______37______ very happy on the sea. But when she _______38_______ a good time, a strong wind rose on the sea and turned her boat upside down. She was thus drowned（淹死）, but her spirit（灵魂）turned into a beautiful bird crying sadly in the sound “Jingwei, Jingwei”.Because she wanted _____39_____her father again and hated the sea so much, she _____40_____ some stones into the sea day after day, without a rest, in order to ____41____ the sea into the land（陆地）.From this story comes the saying “The bird Jingwei trying to ______42______ the sea”. The story is a little sad. But it ______43______ us something important. When we do anything, we have to ______44______ hard. For example, ______45______ English is difficult. But if you study hard, you can learn it well. Do you think so?阅读表达阅读短文，根据题目要求完成各小题.Do you think English is a difficult language to learn? Well, here are some good ways to learn English.●Read in your school librar y if you are a student.Most school libraries have a centre for English learners. If your school library has the centre, and you are learning English as a second language, you can often go there.●Go to your local library.There are lots of books about English for the learners in (71)it. And you can read them for free. Talk with someone in English.●Talk with a friend in English.If you don’t have a friend to talk with, you can find a partner in your local newspaper. It can help you practise your English pronunciation.●Read popular English books.Popular books are very good. (74) Pick easy books to read. If you pick something too difficult, you will feel bored with learning English. Reading English stories can help you learn words easily.●Watch popular Eng lish TV shows and films.This helps practise your listening skills. You can also learn how people speak English in their everyday lives.46. How many ways to learn English are mentioned （提及）in the passage?__________________________________________________________________47. What does the underlined （划线）“it” refer to （指代）?_________________________________________________________________48. What can you do if you don’t have a friend to talk with?__________________________________________________________________49. 请将画线单词翻译成汉语.___________________________________________________________________50. Give the best title to the passage.___________________________________________________________________51.书面表达近年来，人们越来越重视环境和动物保护.假如你是林涛，想要加入学校动物保护协会，请根据以下要点，用英文写一封申请信.要求：1）表达清楚，语法正确，上下文连贯； 2) 必须包括提示中的所有信息，并按要求适当发挥； 2）词数：80-100词左右（开头已给出，不计入总词数） 3）不得使用真实姓名、校名和地名等.Dear Chairperson (会长),I would like to join our school Animal Protection Society.I am looking forward to hearing from you soon! Please email me at 718956071@. Yours sincerely, Li Hua答案与解析听力测试录音中有五个句子，每个句子听两遍，然后从每小题A、B、C中选出能对每个句子做出适当反应的答语.1. A. Winter. B. Chinese. C. Sunday.2. A. It’s bad. B. Thank you. C. You’re welcome.3. A. It’s dry. B. It’s exciting. C. It’s cheap.4. A. On foot. B. Good. C. Blue.5. A. You’re right. B. Well done. C. Good idea.录音中有三个句子，每个句子对应一幅图片，每个句子听两遍，然后选择与句子内容相对应的图片.6. ___________7. ___________8. ___________A B C录音中有五组对话，听对话两遍后，从每小题A、B、C中选出能回答所给问题的正确答案.9. How much is the beef?A. $5.B. $10.C. $15.10. Where is the bookstore?A. It’s between the supermarket and the KFC.B. It’s behind the supermarket.C. It’s next to the KFC.11. What is Tom good at?A. Chinese.B. Maths.C. English.12. What will Tony do?A. He will do some reading.B. He will go out to play.C. He will go to bed.13. What will the weather be like tomorrow?A. Fine.B. Cloudy.C. Sunny.录音中有一段长对话，听对话两遍后，从每小题A、B、C中选出能回答所给问题的正确答案.14. Which country has Jim been to?A. The PRC.B. The USA.C. The UK.15. How long has Jim been back?A. For two days.B. Since three days ago.C. For a week.16. What holiday did Jim spend in that country?A. New Year.B. Christmas.C. Thanksgiving Day.17. Jim has returned to school, hasn’t he?A. Yes, he has.B. No, he hasn’t.C. We don’t know.录音中有三小段独白，听独白两遍后，根据独白内容，将信息配对.18. Jenny A. flying a kite19. Alan B. taking a trip to Paris20. Linda C. visiting the art museum听力填表（共5小题；录音播放前，你有20秒钟的读题时间）录音中有一篇短文，是马利亚相关情况的自我介绍.听短文两遍后，请你根据表格内容提示，记录信息，完成表格（每空一词）.阅读理解阅读下列短文，然后从每小题A、B、C、D 中选出能回答所提问题或完成所给句子的最佳答案.ALong long ago, an old man lived with his three sons. He had 17 horses. One day, he died. In his will (遗嘱), the old man said that the eldest son would have half of the 17 horses, the second one would get one third and the youngest one would get one ninth!All of them were very puzzled (困惑的) to read the will. They spent several days thinking how to divide 17 horses, but couldn’t find the answer.They finally asked a wise (智慧的) man in their village for help. The wise man quickly found a way. He asked them to bring all 17 horses to a large place. Then he brought one of his horses and made the number of the horses become 18.He asked the first son to read the will. He should get half of the horses. It was 18/2---9 horses.The wise man asked the second son to read the will. He could get one third of the horses. It was 18/3---6 horses.The third son got one ninth of the horses. It was18/9---2 horses.There were 9+6+2 horses, which came to 17 horses.The wise man solved this problem easily and took back his horse.1. The old man lived ______________.A. in a small townB. in a villageC. with his two sonsD. with a wise man2. What does the underlined word “divide” mean in Chinese?A. 分配B. 喂养C. 收集D. 售卖3. How many horses should the second son get?A. 2B. 3C. 6D. 94. Which of the following is TRUE?A. The youngest son could get three horses.B. The wise man got his horse back at last.C. The three sons asked the wise man for help at first.D. The wise man asked them to take all the horses to his home.5. What does the writer want to tell us in the passage?A. It’s not easy to be a wise man.B. Maths is important in our daily life.C. It’s difficult to solve a problem.D. Any problem has a way to solve.【答案】1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. D【解析】【分析】本文讲述了一位老人留了遗嘱要把17匹马分给三个儿子，大儿子将得到17匹马的一半，老二得到三分之一，老二得到九分之一.他们不知道如何分这些马.最后他们找了村里的一位智者帮助他们，他牵来了一匹马来，使马的数目共有十八匹.最后按照遗嘱分了马.【1题详解】推理判断题.根据They finally asked a wise (智慧的) man in their village for help.可知，这位老人住在一个村子里.故选B.【2题详解】词义猜测题.根据One day, he died. In his will (遗嘱), the old man said that the eldest son would have half of the 17 horses, the second one would get one third and the youngest one would get one ninth!可知，此处把17匹马进行分配.故选A.【3题详解】细节理解题.根据The wise man asked the second son to read the will. He could get one third of the horses. It was 18/3---6 horses.可知，他的第二个儿子得到了6匹马.故选C.【4题详解】细节理解题.根据There were 9+6+2 horses, which came to 17 horses.和The wise man solved this problem easily and took back his horse.可知，智者轻松地解决了这个问题，最后收回了他的马.故选B.【5题详解】推理判断题.根据All of them were very puzzled (困惑的) to read the will. They spent several days thinking how to divide 17 horses, but couldn’t find the answer.可知，他们对这个问题感到困惑，认为无法解决.根据The wise man solved this problem easily and took back his horse.可知，最后有位智者解决了这个问题.因此任何问题都有办法解决.故选D.【点睛】认真阅读题干，根据题干要求，在文中寻找答案所在的语句或段落，进行分析理解，词义猜测，推理判断和概括归纳，选出正确的答案.例如小题3，根据The wise man asked the second son to read the will. He could get one third of the horses. It was 18/3---6 horses.可知，他的第二个儿子得到了6匹马.故选C.BSpeaking English is important. SpeakingPal is one of the best apps for Englishlearners to practice speaking. It allows users to speak English in short fundialogues with a video character.Speaking English is easy, but writing it is often much more difficult. If you startto learn English, I bet(敢说、打赌) that you would get lots of words misspelled（拼错）. If you don’t want this to happen, we suggest that you try SpellChecker which can help correct your English spelling easily.On Learn English Video, you’ll find two thousand best videos offered on topicssuch as British food and culture, everyday life and famous stories and poems. Itcan improve your English listening skills quickly.The most popular free Kobo Reading app gives you right to Kobo eBook storewith 4 millione-books and magazines. Join millions of readers world wide andread conveniently(方便地) on your mobile phone or computer.6. How many learning English ways are mentioned（提及）in the text（文章）?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four. 7. On Speaking Pal, you can chat with . A. a video character B. personal computers C. foreign readers D. new friends 8. If spelling is difficult for you, you’d better use . A. Speaking Pal B. Spell Checker C. Learn English Video D. Kobo Reading9. Learn English Video can improve your .A. speaking skillsB. writing skillsC. listening skillsD. reading skills10. In which part of a magazine can we read the text?A. Science.B. Culture.C. Sports.D. Study.【答案】6. D 7. A 8. B 9. C 10. D【解析】【分析】本文介绍了四款学习英语的软件：SpeakingPal，Speaking English，On Learn English Video和Kobo Reading app. 【6题详解】推理判断题.根据SpeakingPal ……和Speaking English ……和On Learn English Video……和The most popularfree Kobo Reading app ……可知，文中提到的学习英语的方法有四种，故选D.【7题详解】推理判断题.根据Speaking English is important. SpeakingPal is one of the best apps for English learners to practicespeaking. It allows users to speak English in short fun dialogues with a video character.可知，在Speaking Pal上，你可以与一个视频人物聊天，故选A. 【8题详解】细节理解题.根据If you don’t want this to happen, we suggest that you try Spell Checker which can help correct your English spelling easily.可知，如果拼写对你来说有困难，你最好使用Spell Checker，故选B.【9题详解】细节理解题.根据On Learn English Video…… It can improve your English liste ning skills quickly.可知，学习英语视频可以提高你的听力技能，故选C.【10题详解】推理判断题.本文介绍了四种学习英语的软件，因此这是与学习有关的.故选D.【点睛】认真阅读题干，根据题干要求，在文中寻找答案所在的语句或段落，进行分析理解，词义猜测，推理判断和概括归纳，选出正确的选项.例如小题3，根据If you don’t want this to happen, we suggest that youtry Spell Checker which can help correct your English spelling easily.可知，如果拼写对你来说有困难，你最好使用Spell Checker，故选B.CThe moon was behind a cloud and there weren’t many stars in the sky.It was a dark night. I saw a glow(光，光亮) in my neighbour’s kitchen. I thought he was having a night meal soI went back to my bed.Soon, there was a smell of burning (烧东西的焦糊味) in the air and I thought there was probably something wrong. I jumped out of the bed quickly and went out to make sure. I saw a fire coming out of my neighbour’skitchen. Then I shouted "Fire! Fire!" But no one in the neighbourhood heard my shouts for help.I ran into my house, called the fire department (消防队) and went back to my neighbour’s house. I banged（猛敲）on the door and called out my neighbour’s name, but there was no answer. Finally I got int o the house and rescueda cat and a dog.I tried to pour water through the kitchen window but it was no use. It was a big fire. Luckily, the firemen arrivedsoon and stopped the fire.When my neighbour came back, he was sad for his kitchen but he thanked me for calling the fire department andfor saving his pets. He wanted to give me some money but I did not accept it.Weeks later, my neighbour had a new kitchen. He invited me to see his new kitchen and we enjoyed a big meal there. It made me very happy.11. When did the fire happen?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. At noon.D. At night.12. Where was the writer when he found there was a smell of burning in the air?A. In his bedroom.B. In his kitchen.C. In his neighbour’s kitchen.D. In his neig hbour’s living room.13. The underlined word “rescued” means “ ” according to the passage.A. sawB. calledC. thankedD. saved14. What did the neighbour feel sad for?A. His pets.B. His kitchen.C. The firemen.D. The fire department.15. How did the neighbour thank the writer?A. He gave the writer some money.B. He gave the writer his pet dog.C. He invited the writer to a big meal.D. He asked the writer to see a movie.【答案】11. D 12. A 13. D 14. B 15. C【解析】【分析】本文介绍了作者发现邻居家的厨房着火了，他给消防队打电话，消防队员很快到了，扑灭了大火.他的邻居回来后，感谢作者，并且请他吃了一顿大餐.【11题详解】推理判断题.根据It was a dark night. I saw a glow(光，光亮) in my neighbour’s kitchen.可知，大火发生在晚上.故选D.【12题详解】推理判断题.根据Soon, there was a smell of burning (烧东西的焦糊味) in the air and I thought there was probably something wrong. I jumped out of the bed quickly and went out to make sure.可知，当作者闻到烧东西的焦糊味时，他从床上跳下来，因此推断他在自己的卧室里.故选A.【13题详解】词义猜测题.根据When my neighbour came back, he was sad for his kitchen but he thanked me for calling the fire department and for saving his pets.可知，作者救了他的宠物，故选D.【14题详解】细节理解题.根据When my neighbour came back, he was sad for his kitchen but he thanked me for calling the fire department and for saving his pets.可知，作者的邻居为他的厨房感到难过，故选B.【15题详解】推理判断题.根据He invited me to see his new kitchen and we enjoyed a big meal there.可知，作者的邻居为了感谢他，邀请他吃了一顿大餐.故选C.【点睛】认真阅读题干，根据题干要求，在文中寻找答案所在的语句或段落，进行分析理解，词义猜测，推理判断和概括归纳，选出正确的选项.例如小题2，根据Soon, there was a smell of burning (烧东西的焦糊味) in the air and I thought there was probably something wrong. I jumped out of the bed quickly and went out to make sure.可知，当作者闻到烧东西的焦糊味时，他从床上跳下来，因此推断他在自己的卧室里.故选A.DBThe seasons in Australia are not like ours.When it is winter in China，it is summer there.Australia is a southern country.It is in the south of the world.June，July and August are the winter months；September，October and November are spring；the summer is in December，January and February；and March，April and May are the autumn months.The north of the country is hotter than the south.A very large part of this country has no rain at all.The east coast has rain all the year，and there are no dry months.The southeast winds blow the whole year.They bring rain from the sea.There is not much rain on the west side.The southeastern part of Australia has summer rain from the southeast winds.They only blow here in summer.The southwestern part of Australia has winter rain.The west winds blow over the southwest in winter only.In summer，the southwest of the country has no rain.In the north of Australia，there is no rain in winter.The rain comes in summer.The northwest winds bring it.16. It is ________ in Australia in November.A.springB. summerC. autumnD. winter 17. In Australia，it is ________ in the south than in the north. A. hotter B. warmer C. colder D. cooler 18. The ________ of Australia has the most rain. A. eastern part B. southeastern part C. southern part D. northern part19. The southwest of the country has no rain in summer because ________.A. it is dry thereB. the west winds never blowC. the northwest winds blowD. the west winds blow only in winter20. There is no rain in winter ________ of Australia.A. in the southeastB. in the northC. in the southwestD. in the south【答案】16. A 17. C 18. A 19. D 20. B【解析】本文主要介绍了澳大利亚的气候情况.【16题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句“September, October and November are spring;”知正确答案选A.【17题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句The north of the country is hotter than the south.可知正确答案选C.【18题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句“The east coast has rain all year, and there are no dry months.”可知正确答案选A. 【19题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句“The west winds blow over the southwest in winter only.”可知正确答案选D.【20题详解】细节理解题.根据文中语句“In the north of Australia, there is no rain in winter.”可知正确答案选B.短文还原阅读短文，从短文下面方框中的六个句子中选择五个还原到短文中，使短文通顺完整、衔接自然.Qian Zhongshu was one of the most famous Chinese writers to the western world. He was born on November 21, 1910 in Wuxi, Jiangsu Province. He grew up with his uncle, who didn’t have a son._____21_____ He only needed to read something once before learning it by heart. He showed his good memory at an early age. When he was a small boy, his uncle often took him to tea houses._____22_____ When they returned home, he could repeat the stories to his cousins.______23______ Although he failed his math test, he entered the university because he was so good at Chinese and English.In Tsinghua University he met his wife Yang Jiang, who is one year younger than him and a famous writer, too. _______24_______ Two years later, their daughter Qian Yuan was born. Qian died of illness on December 19, 1998.Qian left many works to the world. _______25_______ It has been translated into (已经被翻译成) more than six foreign languages.A. They married in 1935.B. Qian went to Tsinghua University in 1929.C. Qian had a surprising memory (记忆力).D. Do you know more about Qian Zhongshu?E. He liked reading story books in the tea houses.F. His most famous novel, Fortress Besieged (围城), came out in 1947.【答案】21. C 22. E 23. B 24. A 25. F【解析】本文介绍了钱钟书的生平和他惊人的记忆力.【21题详解】根据He only needed to read something once before learning it by heart. He showed his good memory at an early age.可知，钱钟书有惊人的记忆力，故选C.【22题详解】根据When he was a small boy, his uncle often took him to tea houses.和When they returned home, he could repeat the stories to his cousins.可知，他去茶室，听故事.故选E.【23题详解】根据Although he failed his math test, he entered the university because he was so good at Chinese and English.可知，他去上大学了.故选B.【24题详解】根据Two years later, their daughter Qian Yuan was born.可知，在她女儿出生之前，他们结婚了，故选A. 【25题详解】根据Qian left many works to the world.可知，钱钟书的名著.故选F.综合填空A阅读下列短文，根据短文内容，从每个方框内所给11个词汇中选择10个意义相符的词汇，必要时进行词形变化，填入空白处.。
配套中学教材全解八年级英语(上)(人教版)期末检测题含答案详解
期末检测题(本检测题满分：100分，时间：60分钟)一、听力部分（满分15分）Ⅰ. 听句子，选择正确的答语。
句子读一遍。
（每小题1分，满分5分）1. A. They’ll have a great time. B. If you do, you’ll be sorry.C. If you do, you’ll be late.2. A. Yes, I will. B. Laura. C. No, I won’t.3. A. Because they are old. B. Because they have more experience than us.C. Because they’re teachers.4. A. I’d like to buy a T-shirt. B. No, you can’t. C. You’re welcome.5. A. Just so so. B. Not very good. C. Thank you.Ⅱ. 听对话，选择最佳答案。
对话读两遍。
（每小题1分，满分5分）听第一段对话，回答第6至7小题。
6. What problem does the boy have?A. He passed the exam.B. He didn’t pass the exam.C. He lost his wallet.7. What will happen if the boy tells his parents the truth?A. They’ll be upset.B. They’ll be angry.C. They’ll be happy.听第二段对话，回答第8至10小题。
8. Why didn’t the girl want Lily to copy the answers?A. Because she thought it was wrong.B. Because she thought it was right.C. Because she thought it was normal.9. What does the father think of the matter?A. Lily is right.B. His daughter is right.C. They’re both right.10. What’s the father’s advice for her daughter?A. She can call Lily.B. They can chat online.C. She can write a letter to Lily.Ⅲ. 听短文，根据所听内容填入所缺的单词。
人教版英语初二上学期期末试卷与参考答案
人教版英语初二上学期期末模拟试卷与参考答案一、听力部分（本大题有20小题，每小题1分，共20分）1、Listen to the conversation between two friends and answer the question:A. Where are they going?B. What time is it?C. How will they travel?Answer: AExplanation: In the conversation, the second speaker says, “I think we should go to the beach today,” which indicates that they are going somewhere together. The other options, such as the time and mode of transport, are not mentioned.2、Listen to a short passage about animal intelligence and choose the correct statement:A. Only human beings are intelligent.B. Many animals show intelligence similar to humans.C. Intelligence in animals is always the same.Answer: BExplanation: In the passage, it is menti oned that “Many animals have been observed to demonstrate problem-solving skills and can adapt to their environment,” which implies that many animals show intelligence similar tohumans. The other statements, such as only human beings being intelligent or intelligence in animals being always the same, are inconsistent with the information provided in the passage.3、Listening Comprehension: (略)3、They are going to arrive at 5 p.m.A、5:15 p.m.B、5:30 p.m.C、5 p.m.(答案：C, They are going to arrive at 5 p.m.)4、Listening Comprehension: (略)4、The weather is sunny.A、It’s snowy.B、It’s rainy.C、It’s sunny.(答案：C, The weather is sunny.)解析：3、In this question, the dialogue or passage is likely asking about the expected arrival time of someone. The correct answer is C, which indicates that they are expected to arrive at 5 p.m.4、In this question, the dialogue or passage is likely describing the weather. The correct answer is C, which indicates that the weather is sunny.5.You are listening to a conversation between two students,-[nameomitted]Annie: Hey, did you finally finish your science project?Jamie: Yes, I did. It’s about the solar system. I think it turned out pretty well.Annie: That sounds interesting. What made you choose that topic?Jamie: Well, I always find the solar system fascinating, and I thought it would be a great way to learn more about it. Plus, it was a requirement for the project.Answer: The topic of Jamie’s science project is the solar system.Explanation: The listener c an catch this information from Jamie’s response, “It’s about the solar system. I think it turned out pretty well.”6.You are listening to a weather report on the radio.Weather Reporter: Good afternoon, everyone. The National Weather Service has issued an update on the upcoming weather conditions in our area. Here’s the latest: tonight will bring partly cloudy skies, with a low of 55 degrees Fahrenheit. Tomorrow, there will be a higher chance of rain, with a high of 65 degrees Fahrenheit. Don’t forget to br ing an umbrella!Answer: The low temperature tonight will be 55 degrees Fahrenheit.Explanation: This information is directly given in the weather report, “tonight will bring partly cloudy skies, with a low of 55 degrees Fahrenheit.”7、 What is the weather like today?A) RainyB) SunnyC) CloudyD) SnowyAnswer: B) Sunny解析：This question tests your ability to understand spoken English. The audio would typically contain a sentence like “Today is a sunny day,” which clearly indicates the weather as “Sunny.”8、 Which season does the person mention?A) SpringB) SummerC) AutumnD) WinterAnswer: B) Summer解析：This question focuses on understanding the clues in the audio that indicate a specific season. The audio might include a sentence such as “It’s very hot to day, it must be summer,” clearly pointing to “Summer” as the answer.9.You hear a conversation between two friends at a bookstore.A. The man is searching for a book on history.B. The woman is looking for a children’s book.C. The man wants to buy a cookbook.D. The woman is interested in a novel.Answer: BAnalysis: In the conversation, the woman mentions, “I’m looking for something like ‘The Very Hungry Caterpillar’ for my nephew. Do you know where it might be?” This indicates she is searching for a children’s book. The other options do not fit the context of the conversation.10.You listen to a short dialogue between a teacher and a student about schoolwork.A. The teacher is helping the student with math homework.B. The student is discussing a science project with the teacher.C. The student is turning in an English assignment.D. The teacher is reviewing a history paper with the student.Answer: CAnalysis: The student says, “I think I’ll be turning in this English essay by Friday, Mr. Johnson.” This confirms that the student is discussing an English assignment with the teacher. The other subjects are not mentioned in the dialogue.11、听独白，从每小题所给的三个选项中选出一个最佳选项。
人教版英语八年级上册《期末考试题》(附答案解析)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题温馨提示：1、本试卷两大部分，满分120分.考试时间100分钟.2、考生务必将自己的姓名、号码及班级等分别写在答题卡上，收卷时只交答题卡，试卷学生自己保留.第Ⅰ卷听力部分听句子，选择与句意相符的图片.每个句子读两遍.1.A. B. C.2. A. B. C.3. A. B. C.4. A. B. C.5. A. B. C.听句子，选择正确的答语.每个句子读两遍.6. A. Almost every day. B. Yesterday. C. I like drinking milk.7. A. No, never. B. I usually watch TV. C. Four times a day.8. A. I watch TV every day. B. English is my favorite subject. C. Animal World.9. A. She is reading. B. She likes exercising.C. She usually goes to the movies.10. A. All the students are watching TV.B. All the students will do.C. Most students go to the movies once a week.听对话和问题，选择正确答案.每段对话读两遍.听第一段对话，回答第11至12小题.11. A. The boy’s father. B. The boy’s mother. C. Th e boy.12. A. Cooks breakfast. B. Cleans the room. C. Exercises.听第二段对话，回答第13至15小题.13. A. A weekend student helper. B. Primary school students. C. Teachers.14. A. Jenny. B. Jack. C. Joy.15. A. On weekends. B. On school days. C. Not mentioned.听短文，选择最佳答案.短文读两遍. 16. During the vacation,I did my work _______. A. in the morning B. in the afternoon C. in the evening 17. I _______ in the garden for half an hour after getting up. A. Exercised B. took a walk C. watered the flowers 18. It took me _______ to do my morning work. A. about three hours B. about two hours C. about one hour 19. I spent the afternoon _______. A. at home B. at school C. outside 20. I went home _______. A. at about six o’clock B. before six o’clock C. before five o’clock第Ⅱ卷笔试部分单项选择.1.Yesterday I only bought _________ for my cousin, but __________ for myself.A. something; somethingB. nothing; somethingC. nothing; nothingD. something; nothing2.We________our holidays in Hong Kong next year.A. visitedB. spentC. are going to visitD. are going to spend3.My sister is as __________as her classmate Joe, so they are good friends.A. outgoingB. more outgoingC. the more outgoingD. the most outgoing4.Of all the boys, John does his homework ______.A. more carefulB. the most carefulC. more carefullyD. the most carefully5.There ________ a book sale in our school next month.A. will beB. will haveC. wasD. has6.Paul and I ______ tennis yesterday. He did much better than I.A. playB. will playC. playedD. are playing7.——Does your brother __________ play soccer?——Yes. He plays it every day.A. oftenB. neverC. hardly everD. sometimes8.Our son is going to study medicine when he________school.A. leaveB. leavesC. is leavingD. left9.---Will you go boating this Saturday?---___________. We will camp by lake.A. Yes, we will.B. No, we won’t.C. Yes, we doD. No, we don’t.10.——Do you know Lin Shuhao?——Yes, he is one of ____________ basketball players in NBA.A. popularB. more popularC. the most popularD. the more popular11.---We’ll have a picnic _______ it doesn’t rain tomorrow.---Have a nice dayA. whenB. becauseC. ifD. since12.Susan, get some eggs and butter and _______.A. mix it upB. mix them upC. mix up itD. mix up them13.——Can you go camping with me tomorrow?——_________.A. No, I don’t.B. Sure.C. No, I can’t.D. Let’s make it.14.—What are _______ Whites doing?—They are having _________ breakfast at table.A. the;theB. the;/C. /;theD. /; /15.–When will you finish building the apartment?–______ two years.A. OnB. InC. AtD. Of16.We can’t _________ a book from the library.A. turn onB. cut upC. take outD. take up17.________ water do we need to make the soup ? — Three cups.A. How manyB. How muchC. How longD. How soon18.When I was young,my father used to _______ me some interesting stories.A. sayB. tellC. talkD. speak19. —____ the workers are very tired, _____they keep on working.— They are great. We must learn from them.A. Because; /B. Though; /C. Because; soD. Though; but20.— Can I help you, sir?—Yeah, but I don’t know ________ for my daughter.A. what to buyB. when to buyC. how to buyD. why to buy完形填空.Paul is from America . He is a 13-year-old boy . He likes___21___on weekends. There are many TV shows every day . What ___22___TV shows does Paul like and what does he think of them ?Well, Paul’s favorite TV shows are sports news and Animal World . He often watches them____23____ he goes to bed . Paul’s favorite ___24___ is P.E. at school . He likes playing basketball very much . Paul loves sports news . He thinks it is very____25____because he can see a lot of famous___26___. Paul also likes Animal World . He thinks the show is very interesting , and he can____27____ a lot about animals from it . Pandas and ko alas are Paula’s favorite animals . Paul hopes to go to Australia to____28____koalas one day .As for Healthy Living , Paul___29___it . He watches it when there aren’t sports news or Animal World . But Paulcan’t stand soap operas . He thinks they’re___30___. He never watches them .21. A. going swimming B. going shopping C. watching TV D. doing some reading22. A. size of B. kind of C. bowl of D. group of23. A. so B. before C. after D. if24. A. teacher B. color C. language D. subject25. A. dangerous B. quiet C. exciting D. difficult26. A. players B. runners C. actors D. doctors27. A. learn B. take C. give D. mind28. A. read B. write C. see D. play29. A. dislikes B. like C. can’t stand D. doesn’t mind30. A. interesting B. boring C. fun D. cool阅读理解，根据短文内容选择正确答案.AWe are talking about our dream jobs . Jack and Hob are going to high school now . Jack wants to be an engineer . He is going to build roads , bridges and sand houses . Hob is interested in math and science , but he is going to study medicine. He wants to be a doctor .Kate is good at music . She wants to be an artist . She is going to sing and dance for people . Joan wants to be a woman pilot . She says , “I am going to fly into space. “What do you want to be , Alice ?” Joan asks me . Oh , I want to be a teacher . When I grow up , I am going to teach in the poor countryside .”Each of them is doing his or her best at school . I am sure they will do something good for our country . 31.students are mentioned(提及) in the passage . A. Two B. Three C. Four D. Five 32. Who wants to be an artist ? A. Joan B. Jack C. Kate. D. Alice. 33. Hob is interested in . A. medicine B. music C. space D. science 34. What does Joan want to be ? A. An astronaut. B. A teacher. C. A doctor. D. An engineer .35. Where does Alice want to teach?A. On a farm.B. In the poor countryside.C. At home.D. Abroad.B阅读短文，选出最佳答案.Mr. Black got up late this morning. He would be late for work. It was raining heavily and the roads were wet. He drove too fast to see the red lights. He couldn’t stop his car and hit another car. A man got out of the car and shouted angrily, “What are you doing? How can you drive so fast?” “I’m sorry, sir,” said Mr. Black, “I didn’t see the lights turn red.” Then he brought out a bottle of wine(酒)and gave it to the man. “It’s cold today, sir,” said Mr. Black. “Please drink a little, and then you’ll feel better.” The man drank some wine and became happy. He asked, “I’m feeling much better now. Why don’t you drink any?” “I can’t drink anything now, sir,” answered Mr. Black, “I’m waiting for the policeman. Only drunkards(酒鬼)cause accidents, you know.”36. When did the story happen?A. In the morning.B. In the afternoon.C. In the evening.D. At night.37. Why did Mr. Black drive so fast?A. He was happy that day.B. He was good at driving.C. There were few cars in the street.D. He was afraid to be late.38. Mr. Black hit the car because of the following reasons EXCEPT that ____.A. he didn’t see the red lightsB. he drove fastC. he couldn’t dri ve at all.D. it was raining hard.39. Why did Mr. Black give a bottle of wine to the man?A. To make him happy.B. To make him drunk.C. To make him warm.D. To make friends with him.40. We can know that _____ at last.A. Mr. Black was not late for workB. the man and Mr. Black became good friendsC. Mr. Black drank some wineD. Mr. Black fooled(愚弄) the manCMany people like to travel by plane because it is fast, but I don’t like it because an airport is usually far from the city.You have to get there e arly and wait for hours for the plane to take off and it is often late. You can’t open the windows. You can’t choose the food. Planes are fast, but they still take hours to go out of the airport and into the city.I like traveling by train. I think trains are safe. Railway stations are usually in cities. When you are late for a train, you can catch another one. You can walk around in the train and open the windows. You can see many interesting things on your way. I know it takes a little more time. I also like cars. You can start your journey when you want to, and you don’t need to get to a railway station or a bus stop. Also you can carry many things with you in a car. But sometimes there are too many cars on the road.41. Why do many people like to travel by plane?A.Because it is fast.B. Because it is safe.C. Because you can walk around in the plane.D. Because it is cheap. 42. Which is not the good thing about the train? A. It is safe. B. It takes a little more time. C. You can open the windows. D. You can walk around in the train. 43. If you want to take a lot of things with you, what do you take to go out? A. A bus. B. A car. C. A train. D. A bike. 44. What is the bad thing about the car? A. You needn’t go to a station. B. You can start your journey when you want to.C. There are too many cars on the road.D. You needn’t go to a bus station.45. What does the writer think of the plane, the train and the car?A. He thinks it takes a lot of time to go to and get out of the airport.B. He likes to take a train because it takes a little more time.C. He likes to take a car because he has a car.D. He likes to take a plane because it’s fast.DA man came home from work late, tired and irritated, to find his 5-year- old son waiting for him at the door.“Daddy, may I ask you a question?” “Yeah sure, what is it?” replied the man. “Daddy, how much do you make an hour?” “That’s none of your business. Why do you ask such a thing?” the man said angrily. “I just want to know. Please tell me, how much do you make an hour?” asked the little boy. “If you must know, I make $20 an hour.” “Oh,” the little boy replied, with his head down. Looking up, he said, “Daddy, may I borrow $10?”The father was furious, “If the only reason you asked that is so you can borrow some money to buy a toy or some other rubbish, then you go straight to your room and go to bed. Think about why you are so selfish.The little boy went to his room without any words and shut the door. The man sat down and started to get even angrier about the little boy’s questions. How can he ask such questions only to get some money? After about an hour or so, the man calmed down, and started to think: Maybe there was something he really needed to buy with that $10 and he really didn’t ask for money very ofte n.The man went to the door of the little boy’s room and opened the door.“Are you asleep, son?” He asked. “No daddy, I’m awake,” replied the boy. “I’ve been thinking, maybe I was too hard on you just now,” said the man, “Here’s the $10 you asked for.”The little boy sat straight up, smiling. “Oh, thank you daddy!” He said happily. Then, the boy took out some coins. When the man saw that the boy already had money, started to get angry again. The little boy slowly counted out his money, then looked up at his father.“Why do you want more money if you already have some?” the father asked angrily“Because I didn’t have enough, but now I do,” the little boy replied. “Daddy, I have $20 now. Can I buy an hour of your time? Please come home early tomorrow. I wo uld like to have dinner with you.”46. How much does the boy’s father make an hour? .A. $10B. $20C. $30D. $4047. In this passage, the underlined word “furious” means_______. .A. very angryB. quite happyC. too excitedD. interesting48. At first, th e boy’s father refused to lend the boy any money because_________.A. the boy always borrowed money from himB. he did not have enough money at that momentC. he thought the boy would buy something of no useD. he thought the boy wanted to keep the money for himself49. The boy wanted to buy _________with twenty dollars.A. a new book for himselfB. a nice present for his fatherC. a toy for his own birthdayD. an hour of his father’s time50. From the passage, we can infer (推断) that the boy’s father__________.A. often played with his sonB. spent little time with his sonC. didn’t love his son at allD. often came back home early单词拼写根据下列句子中所给汉语注释，在句子右面的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式.(每空只写一词)51. They made an important d__________(决定) before going there.52. Our English class is always __________(begin) with an English song.53. We like t_____________(传统) Chinese food.54. We c_____________(庆祝) his birthday with a party yesterday.55. Li Ming made some m__________(错误) in the exams.56.书面表达.提示：为了进一步增强中学生的健康意识，你校开展了以“健康”为主题的英语演讲比赛.请以“How to keep healthy?”为题，写一篇60词左右的英文演讲稿.要点：1.介绍自己. 2.锻炼身体. 3.健康饮食.4.表示谢意.要求：1.演讲稿应包括所有要点，可适当发挥.2.语句通顺，意思连贯.3.文中不可出现真实人名、地名和校名.答案与解析温馨提示：1、本试卷两大部分，满分120分.考试时间100分钟.2、考生务必将自己的姓名、号码及班级等分别写在答题卡上，收卷时只交答题卡，试卷学生自己保留.第Ⅰ卷听力部分听句子，选择与句意相符的图片.每个句子读两遍.1.A. B. C.2. A. B. C.3. A. B. C.4. A. B. C.5. A. B. C.听句子，选择正确的答语.每个句子读两遍.6. A. Almost every day. B. Yesterday. C. I like drinking milk.7. A. No, never. B. I usually watch TV. C. Four times a day.8. A. I watch TV every day. B. English is my favorite subject. C. Animal World.9. A. She is reading. B. She likes exercising.C. She usually goes to the movies.10. A. All the students are watching TV.B. All the students will do.C. Most students go to the movies once a week.听对话和问题，选择正确答案.每段对话读两遍.听第一段对话，回答第11至12小题.11. A. The boy’s father. B. The boy’s mother. C. The boy.12. A. Cooks breakfast. B. Cleans the room. C. Exercises.听第二段对话，回答第13至15小题.13. A. A weekend student helper. B. Primary school students. C. Teachers.14. A. Jenny. B. Jack. C. Joy.15. A. On weekends. B. On school days. C. Not mentioned.听短文，选择最佳答案.短文读两遍.16. During the vacation, I did my work _______.A. in the morningB. in the afternoonC. in the evening17. I _______ in the garden for half an hour after getting up.A.ExercisedB. took a walkC. watered the flowers 18. It took me _______ to do my morning work. A. about three hours B. about two hours C. about one hour 19. I spent the afternoon _______. A. at home B. at school C. outside 20. I went home _______. A. at about six o’clock B. before six o’clock C. before five o’clock第Ⅱ卷笔试部分单项选择. 1.Yesterday I only bought _________ for my cousin, but __________ for myself. A. something; something B. nothing; something C. nothing; nothingD. something; nothing 【答案】D 【解析】【详解】句意：昨天我只给我表妹买了些东西，但我自己什么也没买.Something一些东西，用在肯定句中；nothing没什么，表示否定意义.根据题意，第一个空用不定代词something；第二个空表示否定意思，用nothing，根据but表示前后是转折关系，故选D.2.We________our holidays in Hong Kong next year.A. visitedB. spentC. are going to visitD. are going to spend【答案】D【解析】句意：我们打算明年在香港度假.A. visited访问，参观，一般过去式；B. spent度过，消磨（时光）；花费，一般过去式；C. are going to visit将去参观，一般将来时；D. are going to spend将度过，将花费，一般将来时；根据next year（明年）可知此句时态用一般将来时；visit访问，参观；spend度过，消磨（时光），花费；结合句意和语境可知选D.3.My sister is as __________as her classmate Joe, so they are good friends.A. outgoingB. more outgoingC. the more outgoingD. the most outgoing【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：我妹妹和她的同学乔一样外向，所以他们是好朋友.A. outgoing外向的；B. more outgoing更外向；C. the more outgoing比较级不加the；D. the most outgoing最外向的.这里是同级比较as+形容词或副词的原形+as，表示和……一样.根据题意，故选A.4.Of all the boys, John does his homework ______.A. more carefulB. the most carefulC. more carefullyD. the most carefully【答案】D【解析】试题分析：句意：在所有的男孩中，约翰做作业最认真.根据of all the boys可知，比较的范围大于三者，故用最高级，修饰动词does，用副词carefully.故选D.点睛：本题首先要读懂全句，然后根据句子所述比较范围和句子中各类词的修饰关系得出答案.5.There ________ a book sale in our school next month.A. will beB. will haveC. wasD. has【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：下个月我们学校将有一次图书销售.next month表示的是将来的时间状语，用在一般将来时态的句子中.根据句子结构判断，句子是there be句型的一般将来时态，基本构成为there will be或there is/are going to be，故答案选A.6.Paul and I ______ tennis yesterday. He did much better than I.A. playB. will playC. playedD. are playing【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：昨天保罗和我打网球了.他比我打得好得多.考查句子时态.A. play一般现在时；B. will play一般将来时；C. played一般过去时；D. are playing现在进行时.根据时间yesterday可知此句时态是一般过去时态，故选C.7.——Does your brother __________ play soccer?——Yes. He plays it every day.A. oftenB. neverC. hardly everD. sometimes【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——你的弟弟经常踢足球吗？——是的，他每天踢.A. often经常；B. never绝不，从不；C. hardly ever几乎不；D. sometimes有时候.根据下文Yes. He plays it every day.可知这里是问经常，根据题意，故选A.8.Our son is going to study medicine when he________school.A. leaveB. leavesC. is leavingD. left【答案】B【解析】句意：我们的儿子打算学校毕业后学习医学.leave离开；leaves是第三人称单数形式；is leaving现在进行时，表示将来；left是leave的过去式.句中when引导的是时间状语从句，从句中用一般现在时态，主句用一般将来时态.从句中的主语he是第三人称单数，故谓语动词加s，选B.9.---Will you go boating this Saturday?---___________. We will camp by lake.A. Yes, we will.B. No, we won’t.C. Yes, we doD. No, we don’t. 【答案】B 【解析】【详解】试题分析：句意：——本周六你们去划船吗？——不，我们不。
人教版英语八年级上册《期末测试卷》(带答案解析)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题第Ⅰ卷基础知识部分一、单项选择.A1.Take your umbrella. It __________ rain later.A. mightB. may beC. probablyD. is2.You look tired. You’d better __________ up late.A. stayB. not stayC. to stayD. not to stay3.Look at eraser on the floor. Whose is it?A. aB. anC. theD. /4.She always does her homework __________ than her brother.A. more carefulB. carefulC. more carefullyD. carefully5.I met many new words __________ I was reading the English novel.A. ifB. thoughC. beforeD. whileBPeter was the real Spiderman, but he ___6___ （A. doesn’t / B. didn’t） know the fact at that time. One day, he___7___ （A.is / B. was） having lunch in the school dining hall. A strong boy wanted to bully him because Peter was ___8___ （A. thin / B. strong） and short. Peter got very angry and hit the b oy with his fist but he didn’t use too ___9___（A. many / B. much） force. Surprisingly, the boy lay down on the ground and couldn’t ___10___（A. get / B. got） up. At that moment Peter knew that he had some unusual power, but he didn’t know how and when to us e it.二、完形填空.Body LanguageSince we have realized that our eyes, face, hands, and feet speak a lot about our personality（个性）there has been a growing interest in knowing how to read ___11___ language.What’s in the face? Our face is like a window to our feelings. Face is a kind of communication. Look at your friend’s ___12___ and you will know what he is feeling about. Narrowing （变窄）eyes with mouth turned down means sadness. Eyes wide open with an open mouth are signs of ___13___.Eyes are windows to your ___14___. You cannot help but notice the bright in one’s eyes if he is very ___15___. You may look at someone with a pleasant expression while you are talking to him. Well done! This surely means that you draw his attention. If a person looks away too of ten from you, it could either mean that he isn’t interested in you or that he is not confident of himself. So look into his eyes, and he will feel ___16___ and get encouraged.We may not pay attention to hands or legs while talking of feelings. However, the way we use our hands while talking, the placement of our legs while sitting, all our feelings and personality. If someone is always shaking his leg while sitting, then there is ___17___ that’s troubling him. Shaking hands strongly with another means some one is confident.Reading body language, communicating with others may be more moving and interesting.11. A. sound B. body C. English D. foreign12. A. eyes B. legs C. hands D. face13. A. happiness B. sadness C. surprise D. interest14. A. mouth B. heart C. stomach D. ears15. A. angry B. sorry C. happy D. proud16. A. bored B. tired C. surprised D. confident17. A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything三、阅读理解.阅读下面四篇文章，选择最佳答案.AWelcome to our holiday Activity CoursesWe offer holiday activity courses for young people aged between 7-15 years old and operate during every school holiday except Christmas. We have a track: record of excellence and have been delivering holiday activity courses for over 20 years.Master ChefMaster Chef is a practical cooking experience for young people who want to try their hand in the kitchen. You will be taught tips and techniques （技能）as well as cooking something different every day. We, will supply everything, and all you need is a willingness to try something new.Cost: $140Musical TheatreThe young people will have the chance to develop their acting and singing skills through many exciting workshops. They will learn basic singing techniques, improve acting skills and create plays to develop their creativity.At the end of the week children will perform to parents in Prep Hall at 3:20 pm.Cost: $135Water SportsWe take Children to the Marine Lake for water sports. Activities include sailing, windsurfing and power boasting. We will supple wetsuits and children should bring their own footwear, swimwear and a T-shirt. A packed lunch will be provided. Transport to the Marine Lake is by school minibus.Cost: $160JudoJudo—meaning “gentle way” is a modern martial art（武术）and Olympic sport. The Judo course is led by a fully trained instructor and it is open to all levels; beginners are welcome.Cost: $160Children attending the course are on holiday; so it is important for them to have lots of fun and make new friends while learning new skills. With so many fantastic courses on offer, we are Wirral’s leading Holiday Activity Course Provider.We look forward to welcoming you!18. What’s the cost of Master Chef?A. $140B. $135C. $260D. $16019. Which course provides a packed lunch?A. Master ChefB. Musical TheaterC. Water sportsD. Judo20. The passage in a （n） __________.A. letterB. storyC. poemD. advertisementBHave you ever read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland? It was written by Lewis Carroll. He was an English writer, poet, scientist, photographer, and priest. His real name was Charles Lutwidge Dodgson, and Lewis Carroll was hispen name. He was born in 1832 and died in 1898.He is most famous for writing two children’s fantasy books about a young girl called Alice. They were titled Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland（1865） and through the looking-Glass（1872）.He also wrote two famous poems called “The Hunting of the Snake” and “The Jabberwocky”. What is important about these poems is that he made up many new words to use in them. He was an expert at “word play” and used words in many different ways. Some of these ways were quite new. And this has influenced members of the literary elite who are well educated about English. Many people still study his work and his life today.Although they seem to have been written for children, Lew is Carroll’s books and poems have been enjoyed by people of all ages. If you have not read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland, which is also referred to by the short title Alice in Wonderland, you should read it soon. No matter how old you are, you will find it exciting and enjoyable.21. Who wrote Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland?A. Charles Dodgson.B. JabberwockyC. AliceD. Jane Fleeb.22. How many poems did Lewis Carroll write?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four.23. From the passage, we know __________ like reading Alice in Wonderland.A. only childrenB. young peopleC. only adultsD. people of all ages24. According to the passage, we can infer Lewis Carroll was __________.A. a woman writerB. a Japanese writerC. an American writerD. an imaginative writerCThe population of the Earth is growing faster. It is important that we look after the Earth. We need it!The Earth gives us a lot of things. We also give the Earth a lot, but some of the things are not good.In nature, when something dies, other animals and plants get food from it. Every animal or plant gives food for other animals or plants. However, animals can’t get food from many of the things that we ‘give’ the Earth. Animalstay in the ground for many, many years.and plants can’t eat metal, plastic and glass. These things will sSo what can we do? Don’t leave any rubbish in the countryside! Don’t make so much rubbish!25. The Earth gives us __________.A. foodB. rubbishC. chemicalsD. pollution26. When something dies in nature,__________. A. water and grass are polluted B. plastic and wood become food C. other animals and plants get food D. metal and glass stay in the ground 27. We must __________ to look after the Earth. A. put metal in the ground B. use more woodC. keep frogs in the waterD. make less rubbishDMany textbooks are not written in the kind of English that we speak every day. In fact, sometimes the reading is so difficult that it almost seems like a foreign language. In a way, it is — the language of science. You should not expect to be able to read a difficult science passage the same way you read an interesting story; you should not expect to read it easily and all at once. Instead, you may have to read it several times through, catching on the meaning of difficult words, going back over difficult sentences, and finally putting the whole thing together. Do not bediscouraged if the whole passage don’t make sense to you at first. You need to pick it apart patiently until you can understand it.These are the steps to follow when you are reading something difficult:1. Start to read normally until you run into a sentence that doesn’t make sense to you.2. When a sentence doesn’t make sense, go back and read it again more slowly.3. Look for any word y ou don’t know in the sentence. Try to understand their meanings using word parts and context clues(上下文线索). If necessary, look them up in the dictionary.4. Look at the next few sentences to see if they explain more about the sentence you are working on. Do not read very much farther ahead until you understand what is being said.5. Finally, read the sentence again. Try to put it into simpler words.6.Read through the passage once. Try to understand all the hard parts well. Then read the whole passage once more at a usual speed. This helps you to put all ideas together.The stops sound a lot harder than they are. It is really just the normal way good readers understand anything that is difficult to read. After you have done the best you can this way, you should always feel free to ask for help from your teacher, if you have one.28. The underlined phrase “run into” means ___________.A. work outB. come acrossC. look intoD. pass by29. From the passage, we can know _________.A. we should look up new words before readingB.it is sometimes difficult to read a science passageC. the six steps are helpful in learning spoken EnglishD. interesting stories help readers to improve their English 30. The massage is mainly about _________. A.steps of studying science B. difficulties in reading science C. ways of reading science passages D. researches on science and English 第Ⅱ卷笔试部分选词填空，请将序号A-H写在答题纸相应位置上. A. fashion, B. British, C. late, D. hot,E. order,F. after,G. low,H. rich Afternoon tea& high tea Afternoon tea is a ___31___ food tradition of sitting down for an afternoon treat of tea, sandwiches, scones and cake.Afternoon tea is served around 4 p.m. In the early 19th century, when dinner was served as ___32___ as 8 p.m., Anna, the Duchess of Bedford often felt really hungry around 4 p.m. between lunch and dinner. So she would ___33___ tea, bread, butter and cakes to be served in her room. Later on she would invite friends to join her at her home, and this habit soon became a ___34___ and quickly spread throughout England.The afternoon tea was for ___35___ people in the 19th century. For workers in the newly industrialized Britain, tea time had to wait until ___36___ work.By that hour, tea was generally served with more than just tea and cakes. Workers needed sustenance （食物维持）after a day of hard labor, so the after-work meal was more often ___37___ dishes and accompanied by a pot of good, strong tea to revive flagging （衰弱的）spirits.The word “high” to the phrase “high tea” is believed to differentiate between the afterno on tea that is traditionally served on ___38___, comfortable, parlor chairs or relaxing in the garden and the worker’s after-work high tea that is served at the table and seated on high back dining chairs.阅读短文回答问题.When Scan Aiken bought a bike helmet （头盔）, he never thought it would help him so soon. Only a week later, it saved his life. He was hit by a car while riding home from school in Tucson, Arizona. His bike was broken into pieces in the accident, but Scan was alive. His helmet protected him from se rious head injury. “I used to think helmets were unnecessary. I thought I would never get hurt,” Scan said. “But it can and will happen to you if you’re not careful.” Scan later spoke before the Tucson City Council about the need of bike-helmet laws. This led to a new Arizona law that requires people under the age of 18 to wear a bike helmet while cycling.Fifteen-year-old Mike Jones of Sioux Falls, South Dakota, knows about safety. Two years ago, he was seriously hurt in a car accident. Mike hurt his head badly when he was thrown from a van. “I don’t know why I didn’t wear a safety belt that day. Now I always wear it,” Mike said. Today, he can still think of that experience. “I used to love sports, but I can’t do them anymore. I can’t risk getting another serious injury,” he said.Like Mike, many people around the U.S. are becoming more safety-wise. “Parents can’t watch kids every minute. Kids must know how to be safe. It’s in their control and power, says Susan Gallagher, director of the Safety Network. New technology is also helping to prevent （预防）injuries. More people than ever before use products （产品）such as smoke alarms in their homes and seat belts in their cars. Most cyclists know that they should use bike helmets. New laws, such as the bike-helmet law Scan Aiken helped pass, are also making more people use these products. The number of serious injuries caused by car accidents and fires has gone down over the years.Kids are taking action to help prevent injuries. Like Scan Aiken and Mike Jones， they know that safety works. 39. Did the helmet save Scan Aiken’s life?40. Why was Mike Jones seriously hurt in a car accident?41. How many products do people use to prevent injuries according to the 4th paragraph?42. What is the main idea of the passage?43.写作学校要成立动物保护社团，请同学们写一篇有关动物保护的文章.请你选一种濒危动物，说说它濒危的原因以及我们该怎样保护它们.不少于50词，所给提示词语仅供选用. 提示词语: lose,enough, environment, in order to, raise, develop, feed 提示问题：1. What animal is in danger? How dangerous is it? 2. Why is it in danger? 3. What can we do to save them?答案与解析第Ⅰ卷基础知识部分一、单项选择.A1.Take your umbrella. It __________ rain later.A. mightB. may beC. probablyD. is【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：带上你的伞.以后可能下雨.考查词义辨析.A. might可能，情态动词，表示推测；B. may be 可能是，后面跟形容词或介词短语或名词作表语；C. probably可能，副词；D. is是，后面跟形容词或介词短语或名词作表语.rain：下雨，动词原形，可排除B和D，probably是副词，主语It三单，谓语动词应用三单形式，C排除；情态动词后面跟动词原形，结合句意可知选A.2.You look tired. You’d better __________ up late.A. stayB. not stayC. to stayD. not to stay【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：你看起来很累.你最好不要熬夜.短语had （not）better do sth.：最好（不要）做某事；结合句意可知填not stay，选B.3.Look at eraser on the floor. Whose is it?A. aB. anC. theD. /【答案】C【解析】难度适中，考查冠词，这里是特指在桌上的东西，应该用定冠词the，答案选C.4.She always does her homework __________ than her brother.A. more carefulB. carefulC. more carefullyD. carefully【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：她总是比她哥哥做作业更仔细.考查副词比较级.A. more careful更仔细的，更小心的；B. careful 细心的，仔细的，小心的；C. more carefully更仔细地，更小心地；D. carefully细心地，仔细地，小心地.本句修饰动词does可知填副词，结合句中than（比，引出比较的对象）可知此句使用副词比较级，结合句意可知填more carefully，选C.5.I met many new words __________ I was reading the English novel.A. ifB. thoughC. beforeD. while【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：我在读英语小说时遇到了许多生词.考查连词辨析.A. if如果，引导条件状语从句；B. though 即使，尽管，虽然，引导让步状语从句；C. before在…以前，引导时间状语从句，表示一件事情在另一件事情之前发生；D. while当…时候，引导时间状语从句，表示一段时间，后面常用进行时态，表示两件事情同时发生.结合句意可知选D.BPeter was the real Spiderman, but he ___6___ （A. doesn’t / B. didn’t） know the fact at that time. One day, he___7___ （A.is / B. was） having lunch in the school dining hall. A strong boy wanted to bully him because Peter was ___8___ （A. thin / B. strong） and short. Peter got very angry and hit the boy with his fist but he didn’t use too ___9___（A. many / B. much） force. Surprisingly, the boy lay down on the ground and couldn’t ___10___（A. get / B. got） up. At that moment Peter knew that he had some unusual power, but he didn’t know how a nd when to use it.【答案】6. B 7. B8. A 9. B10. A【解析】本文主要内容：彼得是真正的蜘蛛侠，但他当时不知道这个事实.一天，他在学校食堂吃午饭.一个强壮的男孩想欺负他，因为彼得又瘦又矮.彼得很生气，用拳头打了那个男孩，但他没有用太大的力气.令人惊讶的是，男孩躺在地上，站不起来.这时，彼得知道他有某种不寻常的力量，但他不知道如何以及何时使用它. 【6题详解】句意：彼得是真正的蜘蛛侠，但那时他不知道这个事实.本句是but连接的并列句，一般情况下but前后句子时态一致，根据Peter was the real Spiderman是一般过去时，可知此句时态是一般过去时，故选B.【7题详解】句意：一天，他在学校食堂吃午饭.本句时态是一般过去时，结合上下文可知此句时态是过去进行时，故选B.【8题详解】句意：一个强壮的男孩想欺负他，因为彼得又瘦又矮.根据上文“一个强壮的男孩想欺负他”可知原因是“彼得又瘦又矮.”thin 瘦的，苗条的，可知选A.【9题详解】句意：彼得很生气，用拳头打了那个男孩，但他没有用太大的力气.force ：力气，武力；势力，魄力，不可数名词.too many ：太多，修饰可数名词复数，too much 太多，修饰不可数名词.结合句意可知选填much ，选B.【10题详解】句意：令人惊讶的是，男孩躺在地上，站不起来.couldn’t 是情态动词，后面跟动词原形，可知填get ；可知选A.二、 完形填空.Body LanguageSince we have realized that our eyes, face, hands, and feet speak a lot about our personality （个性） there has been a growing interest in knowing how to read ___11___ language.What’s in the face? Our face is like a window to our feelings. Face is a kind of communication. Look at your friend’s ___12___ and you will know what he is feeling about. Narrowing （变窄） eyes with mouth turned down means sadness. Eyes wide open with an open mouth are signs of ___13___.Eyes are windows to your ___14___. You cannot help but notice the bright in one’s eyes if he is very ___15___. You may look at someone with a pleasant expression while you are talking to him. Well done! This surely means that you draw his attention. If a person looks away too often from you, it could either mean that he isn’t interested in you or that he is not confident of himself. So look into his eyes, and he will feel ___16___ and get encouraged.We may not pay attention to hands or legs while talking of feelings. However, the way we use our hands while talking, the placement of our legs while sitting, all our feelings and personality. If someone is always shaking his leg while sitting, then there is ___17___ that’s troubling him. Shaking hands strongly with another means someone is confident.Reading body language, communicating with others may be more moving and interesting.11. A. soundB. bodyC. EnglishD. foreign 12. A. eyesB. legsC. handsD. face 13. A. happiness B. sadness C. surprise D. interest14. A. mouth B. heart C. stomach D. ears15. A. angry B. sorry C. happy D. proud16. A. bored B. tired C. surprised D. confident17. A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything【答案】11. B 12. D 13. C 14. B 15. C 16. D 17. A【解析】【分析】本文主要谈论体态语.我们的脸就像是我们感情的窗户.看看你朋友的脸，你就会知道他是怎么想的.眼睛变窄，嘴巴向下，意味着悲伤.眼睛睁得大大的，嘴巴张开，是惊讶的迹象.眼睛是你心灵的窗户.如果一个人非常快乐，你会情不自禁地注意到他眼中的亮光.如果一个人经常把目光从你身上移开，这可能意味着他对你不感兴趣，也可能意味着他对自己没有信心.所以，看着他的眼睛，他会感到自信并得到鼓励.如果有人坐着的时候总是在摇晃他的腿，那么有什么事情困扰着他.与他人用力地握手表示他自信.【11题详解】句意：自从我们意识到我们的眼睛、脸、手和脚都在诉说我们的个性，我们就越来越有兴趣了解如何阅读肢体语言.A. sound声音；B. body身体；C. English英语；D. foreign外国的.body language：肢体语言.根据上文“我们的眼睛、脸、手和脚都在诉说我们的个性”可知是“肢体语言”，选B.【12题详解】句意：看看你朋友的脸，你就会知道他是怎么想的.考查名词辨析.A. eyes眼睛；B. legs腿；C. hands手；D. face脸.根据上文Face is a kind of communication.（脸是一种交流.）可知此句“看看你朋友的脸，你就会知道他是怎么想的.”选D.【13题详解】句意：眼睛睁得大大的，嘴巴张开，是惊讶的迹象.考查名词辨析.A. happiness幸福，快乐；B. sadness伤心；C. surprise惊讶，惊喜；D. interest兴趣.结合句意可知选C.【14题详解】句意：眼睛是你心灵的窗户.考查名词辨析.A. mouth嘴巴；B. heart心脏；C. stomach胃，肚子；D. ears耳朵.根据常识结合句意可知选B.【15题详解】句意：如果一个人非常快乐，你会情不自禁地注意到他眼中的亮光.考查形容词辨析.A. angry愤怒的，生气的；B. sorry伤心的，难过的；C. happy开心的，幸福的，高兴的；D. proud自豪的，骄傲的.结合句意可知选C.【16题详解】句意：所以，看着他的眼睛，他会感到自信并得到鼓励.考查形容词辨析.A. bored无聊的，无趣的，烦人的；B. tired疲倦的，困倦的；C. surprised惊讶的，惊奇的；D. confident自信的，深信的.结合句意可知选D. 【17题详解】句意：如果有人坐着的时候总是在摇晃他的腿，那么有什么事情正困扰着他.考查不定代词.A. something某事，一般用于肯定句中；B. nothing没有什么东西，无物；C. everything一切，所有东西；D. anything任何事情，任何东西，一般用在疑问句和否定句中.本句是肯定句，结合句意可知选A.【点睛】完形填空是一卷难度最大的题.它集阅读理解、语法、词法、句法于一体，是考查语言综合运用的能力的一道题.解题的方法第一要带着空通读文章，搞清事件发生的背景.本题主要考查词义辨析：名词辨析、形容词副词辨析、冠词辨析、介词连词辨析等，做此类型题时，要知道每一个词的意义，然后结合上下文背景语境，短语结合语境选择正确的选项.三、阅读理解.阅读下面四篇文章，选择最佳答案.AWelcome to our holiday Activity CoursesWe offer holiday activity courses for young people aged between 7-15 years old and operate during every school holiday except Christmas. We have a track: record of excellence and have been delivering holiday activity courses for over 20 years.Master ChefMaster Chef is a practical cooking experience for young people who want to try their hand in the kitchen. You will be taught tips and techniques （技能）as well as cooking something different every day. We, will supply everything, and all you need is a willingness to try something new.Cost: $140Musical TheatreThe young people will have the chance to develop their acting and singing skills through many exciting workshops. They will learn basic singing techniques, improve acting skills and create plays to develop their creativity.At the end of the week children will perform to parents in Prep Hall at 3:20 pm.Cost: $135Water SportsWe take Children to the Marine Lake for water sports. Activities include sailing, windsurfing and power boasting. We will supple wetsuits and children should bring their own footwear, swimwear and a T-shirt. A packed lunch will be provided. Transport to the Marine Lake is by school minibus.Cost: $160JudoJudo—meaning “gentle way” is a modern martial art（武术）and Olympic sport. The Judo course is led by a fully trained instructor and it is open to all levels; beginners are welcome.Cost: $160Children attending the course are on holiday; so it is important for them to have lots of fun and make new friends while learning new skills. With so many fantastic courses on offer, we are Wirral’s leading Holiday Activity Course Provider.We look forward to welcoming you!18. What’s the cost of Master Chef?A. $140B. $135C. $260D. $16019. Which course provides a packed lunch?A. Master ChefB. Musical TheaterC. Water sportsD. Judo20. The passage in a （n） __________.A. letterB. storyC. poemD. advertisement【答案】18. A 19. C 20. D【解析】【分析】本文是一则广告.介绍假日活动课程.他们为7-15岁的年轻人提供节日活动课程.重点介绍了厨师，音乐剧，水上运动和柔道等课程.【18题详解】题意：厨师课费用是多少？根据Master Chef课程介绍的最后一句Cost: $140可知学厨师的费用140元，故选A.19题详解】题意：哪门课提供盒装午餐？根据Water Sports课程的介绍的第二段第二句A packed lunch will be provided.（午餐提供一顿盒饭.）可知Water Sports（水上运动）提供盒装午餐；选C.【20题详解】题意：这篇文章是一(个、则…) _____________.考查主旨理解题.A. letter信；B. story故事；C. poem诗，韵文；D. advertisement 广告.根据标题《欢迎参加我们的假日活动课程》可知此文是一则广告；故选D.【点睛】阅读理解最能体现学生的英语能力的题型，分值较高.如何通过解题方法的掌握来提升自己解答阅读理解题的技巧是学生最关心的问题.初中阅读理解一般考查学生的细节理解能力，主旨理解能力和推理判断能力.做阅读理解题，首先要准确理解题意，然后根据题意根据短文内容做出正确的答案.（1）考查细节理解能力，此类型题较简单，准确理解题意后，直接到文中找出答案.（2）考查猜词能力.做这种题型时，要根据上下文意思准确猜出词意.3）考查推理判断能力，此类题型较难，准确理解题意后，在文中找出相关的内容做出合理的推断.（4）考查主旨理解题.此类题型需通读全文，整体把握，根据本文主要内容选择合适的选项.BHave you ever read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland? It was written by Lewis Carroll. He was an English writer, poet, scientist, photographer, and priest. His real name was Charles Lutwidge Dodgson, and Lewis Carroll was his pen name. He was born in 1832 and died in 1898.He is most famous for writing two children’s fantasy books about a young girl called Alice. They were titled Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland （1865） and through the looking-Glass （1872）.He also wrote two famous poems called “The Hunting of the Snake” and “The Jabberwocky”. What is important about these poems is that he made up many new words to use in them. He was an expert at “word play” and used words in many different ways. Some of these ways were quite new. And this has influenced members of the literary elite who are well educated about English. Many people still study his work and his life today.Although they seem to have been written for children, Lewis Carroll’s books and poems have been enjoyed by peopl e of all ages. If you have not read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland, which is also referred to by the short title Alice in Wonderland, you should read it soon. No matter how old you are, you will find it exciting and enjoyable. 21. Who wrote Alice’s Adven tures in Wonderland?A. Charles Dodgson.B. JabberwockyC. AliceD. Jane Fleeb.22. How many poems did Lewis Carroll write?A. One.B. Two.C. Three.D. Four. 23. From the passage, we know __________ like reading Alice in Wonderland .A. only childrenB. young peopleC. only adultsD. people of all ages24. According to the passage, we can infer Lewis Carroll was __________.A. a woman writerB. a Japanese writerC. an American writerD. an imaginative writer【答案】21. A 22. B 23. D 24. D【解析】本文主要介绍英国作家刘易斯·卡罗尔.他是英国作家、诗人、科学家、摄影师和牧师.他的真名是查尔斯·路德维吉·多奇森，刘易斯·卡罗尔是他的笔名.他生于1832年，死于1898年.他最出名的是写了两本关于儿童的书---《爱丽丝梦游仙境》和《走到镜子里》；他还写了两首著名的诗---《猎蛇》和《贾伯沃基》.【21题详解】题意：谁写了《爱丽丝梦游仙境》？考查细节理解题.根据第一段第一、二句Have you ever read Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland? It was written by Lewis Carroll.（你读过《爱丽丝梦游仙境》吗？这是刘易斯·卡罗尔写的.）和第四句His real name was Charles Lutwidge Dodgson, and Lewis Carroll was his pen name.（他的真名是查尔斯·路德维吉·多奇森，刘易斯·卡罗尔是他的笔名.）可知Charles Dodgson写了《爱丽丝梦游仙境》，选A.【22题详解】题意：刘易斯·卡罗尔写了多少首诗？考查细节理解题.根据第三段第一句He also wrote two famous poems called “The Hunting of the Snake” and “The Jabberwocky”.（他还写了两首著名的诗，分别叫《猎蛇》和《贾伯沃基》.）可知刘易斯·卡罗尔写了两首诗，故选B.【23题详解】题意：从这一段，我们知道_____________喜欢读《爱丽丝梦游仙境》.考查细节理解题.A. only children只有孩子；B. young people年轻人；C. only adults只有成年人；D. people of all ages各个年龄段的人.根据第四段第一句Although they seem to have been written for children, Lewis Carroll’s books and poems have been enjoyed by people of all ages.（虽然这些书似乎是为孩子们写的，但刘易斯·卡罗尔的书和诗却被各个年龄段的人所喜爱.）可知各个年龄段的人喜欢读《爱丽丝梦游仙境》.选D.【24题详解】题意：根据本文，我们可以推断出刘易斯·卡罗尔_________.考查细节理解题.A. a woman writer女作家；B. a Japanese writer日本作家；C. an American writer美国作家；D. an imaginative富有想象力的作家.根据第三段第二句What is important about these poems is that he made up many new words to use in them. He was an expert at “word play” and used words in many different ways. Some of these ways were quite new.（这些诗最重要的是他编造了许多新词用在其中.他是“文字游戏”的专家，用词的方式多种多样.其中一些方法是相当新的.）可知“刘易斯·卡罗尔是富有想象力的作家.”可知选D.CThe population of the Earth is growing faster. It is important that we look after the Earth. We need it!The Earth gives us a lot of things. We also give the Earth a lot, but some of the things are not good.In nature, when something dies, other animals and plants get food from it. Every animal or plant gives food for other animals or plants. However, animals can’t get food from many of the things that we ‘give’ the Earth. Animals and plants can’t eat metal, plastic and glass. These things will stay in the ground for many, many years.Some rubbish is very dangerous for plants and animals. In some places, many animals live together. One animal makes food for many more animals. If we put rubbish and chemicals in the water, the plankton(浮游生物) can die. If there isn’t any plankton, many animals have nothing to eat.So what can we do? Don’t leave any rubbish in the countryside! Don’t make so much rubbish!25. The Earth gives us __________.A. foodB. rubbishC. chemicalsD. pollution26. When something dies in nature, __________.A. water and grass are pollutedB. plastic and wood become foodC. other animals and plants get foodD. metal and glass stay in the ground27. We must __________ to look after the Earth.A. put metal in the groundB. use more woodC. keep frogs in the waterD. make less rubbish【答案】25. A 26. C 27. D【解析】【25题详解】根据The Earth gives us a lot of things.及下文描述，可知地球为我们提供食物，而垃圾、化学物质和污染则是我们带给地球的.故选A.【26题详解】根据In nature, when something dies, other animals and plants get food from it.可知当自然界的一些东西死了，其他动物和植物从中获取食物.故选C.【27题详解】根据Don’t make so much rubbish!可知我们必须生产更少的垃圾来保护地球.故选D.DMany textbooks are not written in the kind of English that we speak every day. In fact, sometimes the reading is so difficult that it almost seems like a foreign language. In a way, it is — the language of science. You should not expect to be able to read a difficult science passage the same way you read an interesting story; you should not expect to read it easily and all at once. Instead, you may have to read it several times through, catching on the meaning of difficult words, going back over difficult sentences, and finally putting the whole thing together. Do not be discouraged if the whole passage don’t make sense to you at first. You need to pick it apart patiently until you can understand it.These are the steps to follow when you are reading something difficult:1. Start to read normally until you run into a sentence that doesn’t make sense to you.2. When a sentence doesn’t make sense, go back and read it again more slowly.3. Look for any word you don’t know in the sentence. Try to understand their meanings using word parts and context clues(上下文线索). If necessary, look them up in the dictionary.4. Look at the next few sentences to see if they explain more about the sentence you are working on. Do not read very much farther ahead until you understand what is being said.5. Finally, read the sentence again. Try to put it into simpler words.6. Read through the passage once. Try to understand all the hard parts well. Then read the whole passage once more at a usual speed. This helps you to put all ideas together.。
人教版英语八年级上册《期末检测试题》(带答案解析)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题第一部分听力第一节听下面五段对话，每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题.每段对话读两遍.1. Where did Tina go on vacation?A. In the big city.B. In the countryside.C. In the mountains.2. Which is the cheapest cinema in the town?A. Town Cinema.B. Showtime Cinema.C. Movie Palace.3. What do we know about Kelly’s sister?A. She is more outgoing.B. She is smarter.C. She is more creative.4. What does the girl think of sports shows?A. They are interesting.B. They are exciting.C. They are boring.5. Where are the two speakers talking?A. In a bus station.B. In a shop.C. In a restaurant.第二节听下面五段对话或独白.每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间.每段对话或独白读两遍.听第6段材料，回答第6至第7两个小题.现在你有10秒钟的时间阅读下面两个小题.6. How often does Vince go swimming?A. Once a week.B. Twice a week.C. Three times a week.7. With whom does Vince usually go swimming?A. His friend.B. His father.C. His brother.听第7段材料，回答第8至第10三个小题.现在你有15秒钟的时间阅读下面三个小题.8. When is Ben's birthday party?A. On Sunday, January 24th.B. On Saturday, January 24th.C. On Sunday, January 14th.9. What time will the party start?A. At 7:00 p.m.B. At 7:30 p.m.C. At 7:50 p.m.10. Who will Laura have to meet at the station first?A. Her father.B. Her mother.C. Her cousin.听第8段材料，回答第11至第13三个小题.现在你有15秒钟的时间阅读下面三个小题.11. How is Tom?A. He is hungry.B. He is worried.C. He is tired.12. Why does Tom do little exercise?A. Because he has no time.B. Because he is always tired.C. Because he is not good at exercise.13. What should Tom do now?A. Go to the party.B. Get a sleep.C. Do exercise.听第9段材料，回答第14至第16三个小题.现在你有15秒钟的时间阅读下面三个小题.14.What do they want to make? A. A tomato sandwich. B. An onion sandwich. C. A cheese sandwich. 15. How much butter do they need? A. One spoon. B. Two spoons. C. Three spoons. 16. How many steps do they need? A. Four steps. B. Five steps. C. Six steps. 听第10段材料，回答第17至第20四个小题.现在你有20秒钟的时间阅读下面四个小题.17. How far is Mike’s home from his school?A. About one kilometer.B. About two kilometers.C. About three kilometers.18. How does Mike go to school?A. By bike.B. By bus.C. On foot.19. What does Mike’s father hope he will be?A. A driver.B. A teacher.C. A doctor.20. What is Mike going to do when he grows up?A. He is going to work on the farm.B. He is going to live in the city.C. He is going to work in a hospital.第二部分笔试第一节单项选择从每小题所给的四个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.1.Jane is ________ university girl now and she likes________ life at her university.A. a; theB. an; theC. a; 不填D. an; 不填2.—Excuse me, could you help me ________when the plane will take off on the Internet?—I’m sorry, my computer doesn’t work. A.take up B. put up C. take out D. find out 3.—Dale, let’s do ________ after finishing the work, how about going swimming?—Sounds good. A. interesting something B. interesting nothing C. something interesting D. nothing interesting 4.Of the three boys over there, John sings English songs ________. A. more beautiful B. the most beautiful C. more beautifully D. the most beautifully 5.Tim was ________ tired ________go on climbing the mountain, so he stopped and sat on a stone. A. as; to B. too; to C. enough; to D. so; that 6.If it ________ tomorrow, we ________ to have a picnic at the lake. A. doesn’t rain; go B. won’t rain; will go C. doesn’t rain; will go D. won’t rain; go7.—He plays basketball so well! Who taught _______? —He learnt it by _______.A. him; himB. himself; himselfC. him; himselfD. himself; him8.The 2 sisters didn’t go to bed________ they finished their homework last night.A. untilB. becauseC. whenD. if9.—Is that Cathy?—No, that’s Kate. She has ________hair than Cathy.A. longB. longerC. longestD. the longest10.—I can’t go to your party. My grandma is ill.—________.A. Don’t worryB. I’m sorry to hear thatC. She has to stay in bed.D. That is all right.第二节完形填空阅读下面两篇短文，根据短文内容，从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案.AWhen I was a kid, my parents never let me watch scary movies. At that time, one of my ____11____ was to watch one.I remember going to a friend’s birthday party in middle school. After the party, it was dark. We sat in the living r oom and talked. “How about watching the latest _____12_____?” someone asked. And _____13_____ said no. My dream would come true. I was so excited.However, the movie wasn’t as _____14_____ as I thought. I didn’t want to go on halfway. But I was afraid of b eing laughed at, so I kept watching. I hardly sleep that night, and I couldn’t _____15_____ thinking about the scary things in the movie. Once I heard any noise, I thought something would break into the house.From then on, I never watched scary movies again.11. A. jobs B. dreams C. roles D. articles12. A. action movie B. cartoon C. scary movie D. sitcom13. A. somebody B. everybody C. anybody D. nobody14. A. boring B. exciting C. scary D. relaxing15. A. stop B. hope C. expect D. sendBMary and Tommy are sister and brother.Mary often says she is heavy. She is _____16_____ about it and goes to Doctor Lee. Doctor Lee says Maryshould change（改变）her diet — what she _____17_____ every day. “Do you like chocolate?” he asks Mary. Mary tells him she likes chocolate very much and she eats it almost every day. “Well,that’s the _____18_____. Eating too much chocolate can make you fat. And you must say _____19_____ to chocolate.” Mary is not happy when she hears that. But she has to follow Doctor Lee’s _____20_____.Tommy often says he is not strong（强壮的）. He _____21_____ he can jump high and run fast. _____22_____ he goes to Doctor Lee, too. “Do you like chocolate?” Dr. Lee asks him. Tommy tells Dr. Lee he _____23_____ chocolate. “Well, please eat some chocolate every day,” Dr. Lee says to him. “Eating some chocolate is good for you. It can give you energy.”Then the sister and brother talk about thei r diet. “_____24_____ is a diet? A diet is to eat what you dislike and keep away from your _____25_____!” they can”t help shouting!16. A. serious B. excited C. careful D. worried17. A. cares B. eats C. minds D. cook18. A. reason B. event C. fact D. habit19. A. sorry B. hello C. goodbye D. yes20. A. rule B. joke C. advice D. heart21. A. hopes B. thinks C. believes D. laughs22. A. Although B. Unless C. But D. So23.A. keeps B. enjoys C. needs D. dislikes 24. A. Why B. What C. How D. When 25 A. food B. meals C. favorite D. doctor 第三部分：阅读理解第一节阅读所给材料，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.ACold medicineUsage（用法）★shake the bottle well before taking it.★Take it three times a day.Dose（剂量）Advice★Not suitable for kids under the age of 3.★You should keep it in a cool place.★Use before 2020.26. What should you do before you take this medicine?A. Wash hands.B. Shake your body.C. Shake the bottle.D. Drink some water.27. If you are ten years old, you should take ________ teaspoons a day.A. 9B. 6C. 5D. 328. Where should you keep this medicine?A. In a cool place.B. In a warm place.C. In a cold place.D. In a hot place.29. Who can’t take this medicine?A. College students.B. Middles school students.C. 8-year-old kidsD. Kids under 3.30. When can’t you take this medicine?A. After 2019.B. Before 2019.C. Before 2020.D. After 2020.BLong, long ago, there was a man. He lived in a village. One day, he went to a market and did some shopping. He suddenly found two boxes. Both the two boxes were very beautiful and the man loved them. So he bought the two boxes and took them home.He looked at the boxes. He didn’t know how to use the boxes. He thought it over and decided to do something special. He decided to put all of his happiness in the yellow box and all of his sadness in the black box. He thought that it was funny to do that.A few days later, the yellow box was very heavy, but the black box was still light.He didn’t know why. He d ecided to open the two boxes and found out the truth. He opened the yellow box and found nothing. Then he opened the black box and saw a hole at the bottom.31. Where did the man buy the two boxes?A. In a small store.B. In a market.C. In a big store.D. In a bookshop.32. He put his happiness into________.A. the red boxB. the white boxC. the yellow boxD. the black box33. A few days later, the black box was ________.A. bigB. heavyC. lightD. small34. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?A. The man lived in a big city.B. The man didn’t find the truth.C. The man threw the boxes away.D. There was a hole in the bottom of the black box.35. What’s the best title of the passage?A. Two BoxesB. A Good MarketC. A Silly ManD. The Yellow BoxCGardening（园艺）is popular in many parts of the world. It brings us sweet smelling flowers, fresh fruit and vegetables. But you can get more from your garden.Gardening helps to keep healthy. Today’s people sit indoors for too long and don’t get much exercise. When y ou garden, you have to move around. It’s a good chance for you to exercise your body by watering flowers or doing some digging. Also, when you are in your garden, you can feel the warm sunshine. This means you are getting Vitamin D. It helps your bodies use calcium（钙）, which is necessary to keep your bones（骨骼）strong.Gardening is a great activity to do with children. It gets them off computers, televisions and phones. Gardening can be a great teacher to teach children about nature and healthy eating. It can also help them to understand the meaning of “No pains, no gains.”Gardening is a great way to meet people and build relationships. When you are gardening, you are outdoors. So it is a perfect time to communicate with your neighbors. Most people love to talk about their hobbies, and so do gardeners. They usually enjoy showing people what they are growing. And most enjoy sharing advice and stories about their gardens.36. When it’s ________, you can get Vitamin D in your garden.A. sunnyB. cloudyC. snowyD. rainy37. According to the passage, ________ is one of the gardening activities.A. watching TVB. watering flowersC. walking dogsD. playing with phones38. The underlined phrase “No pains, no gains.” in Paragraph 3 means ________ in Chinese.A. 人非生而知之者B. 吃一堑，长一智C. 不劳则无获D. 乐中有悲39. The structure（结构）of the passage should be ________. (P means paragraph)A. B. C. D.40. The best title of the passage may be “________”.A. Healthy Eating HabitsB. Relationships with NeighborsC. Advantages（优点）of Outdoor ActivitiesD. Advantages of Gardening第二节阅读短文，根据短文内容，从短文后的五个选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.每个选项只能用一次，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.Reading is a good habit, but the problem is, there's too much to read these days, and too little time to read every word of it. ____41____ Here are two skills（技巧）that I think are especially good.____42____ Previewing is especially useful for getting a general idea of heavy reading like long magazine articles and business reports.Here’s how to preview.●____43____●Then read only the first sentence of th e other paragraphs.Previewing doesn’t give you all the details. It keeps you from spending time on things you don’t really want —or need—to read.Skim（略读）—if it’s short and simple. Skimming is a good way to get a general idea of light reading—like popular magazines or the sports and entertainment of your daily paper.____44____●Get your eyes to move fast. Sweep them across each line.●Pick up only a few key words in each line.____45____ You and I may not pick up the same words when we skim the same piece, but we’ll get a similar idea of what it’s all about.A. Here’s how to skim.B. Everybody skims differently.C. Preview—if it’s long and hard.D. There are hundreds of skills to help you read more in less time.E. Read the first two paragraphs and the last two paragraphs carefully.第四部分写第一节单词拼写根据各句句意及汉语提示，在答题卡内相应编号后的横线上写出单词，每题一词.46. Tu Youyou is a great________（科学家）in China.47. Many________（外国的）friends visit our school every year.48. ________（然而）, many young trees died ten days ago.49. John ________（接受）the invitation to the party.50. Nick plays soccer ________（好）than his brother Jack.第二节选词填空根据短文内容，用方框中所给单词的适当形式填空，使短文通顺完整（每词限用一次），并将答案写在答题卡相应编号后的横线上.A fat woman came into the shop last Saturday. She ____51____ some eggs and some butter, and then she said to Alan’s wife, “Your ____52____ and butter are dear（贵的）today. Why is your food dearer on Saturday and Sunday than on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday?”Alan’s wife wasn’t ____53____. She looked at the fat woman, and then she looked at Alan, but she did not give an answer. Then Alan smiled and said, “____54____ food is not dearer on Saturday and Sunday! It is ____55____ on Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday!第三节短文填空根据短文内容和首字母提示，把文中所缺词语补充出来，使短文完整、正确、通顺.（每空限填一词，并将该单词的完整形式填写在答题卡内相应编号后的横线上.）Now the idea of “car sharing” is popular around the world. That’s to say, more people are ____56____ the use of a car. Not everyone has a car. As we know so many families today have one car, a lot of them don’t use it every day. Some ____57____ spend most of their time staying in garages（车库）. We don’t use them, but parking and other things can cost（花）us a lot. ____58____ needs a lot of money.To save money, some people thought of the idea of “car sharing”. ____59____ we share a car, we can only pay when we use it. Now more and more people are starting to do car sharing. In Switzerland, about 40,000 people are doing it. Japan is also trying to make “car sharing” popular around the country.Car sharing is a new idea in transportation. It is also very easy for us to go everywhere ____60____ buying a car. 第四节阅读填空请阅读下面短文，在短文后表格中的空白处填上适当的单词（每空限填一词，并将该单词的完整形式填写在答题卡内相应编号后的横线上.）The Silk Road is the name of different roads that long ago linked Europe, Africa and Asia.People reached these different places along these roads. Scientists and archaeologists（考古学家）believe people began to travel the Silk Road about 3,000 years ago. By the time the Chinese silk trade became important in the world, the Silk Road had covered almost 6,500 kilometers. It stretched from Rome to China, which is from the West to the Far East.Businessmen travelling along the Silk Road carried silk, of course. They also carried and traded spices, cloth, rare jewels, slaves and gold.During its busiest period, the Silk Road allowed people from many different cultures and countries to meet each other and mix. The Silk Road allowed the sharing of precious goods and new ideas. These included people and trading goods from the Mediterranean, Persian, Magyar, Armenian, Bactrian, Indian and Chinese areas. All these peoples travelled the Silk Road, and they shared goods, stories, languages and cultures.In modern times, the old Silk Road routes（路线）are still used, but now they are crossed by trains instead of camels and horses. There is even a Silk Route Museum in Jiuquan in China. It has over 35,000 objects from all along the Silk Road. In this way, China protects（保护）the history of many countries and peoples. Seeing is believing. If you have a chance, please go to have a walk and have a look.▲China protects the history of many countries and people by building a Silk Route Museum inJiuquan.第五节书面表达66.作为一名中学生，你可能面临各种压力（pressure），有时会感到困惑、焦虑、伤心等.当你遇到这些情况时，你是怎样解决的？请你根据下列图示写一篇100词左右的短文，谈谈自己的做法.（不得使用真实姓名和校名）注意：开头已给出，不计入总词数.As students, we may have much pressure in our daily life._____________________________________________答案与解析第一部分听力第一节听下面五段对话，每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题.每段对话读两遍.1. Where did Tina go on vacation?A. In the big city.B. In the countryside.C. In the mountains.2. Which is the cheapest cinema in the town?A. Town Cinema.B. Showtime Cinema.C. Movie Palace.3. What do we know about Kelly’s sister?A. She is more outgoing.B. She is smarter.C. She is more creative.4. What does the girl think of sports shows?A. They are interesting.B. They are exciting.C. They are boring.5. Where are the two speakers talking?A. In a bus station.B. In a shop.C. In a restaurant.第二节听下面五段对话或独白.每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间.每段对话或独白读两遍.听第6段材料，回答第6至第7两个小题.现在你有10秒钟的时间阅读下面两个小题.6. How often does Vince go swimming?A. Once a week.B. Twice a week.C. Three times a week.7. With whom does Vince usually go swimming?A. His friend.B. His father.C. His brother.听第7段材料，回答第8至第10三个小题.现在你有15秒钟的时间阅读下面三个小题.8. When is Ben's birthday party?A. On Sunday, January 24th.B. On Saturday, January 24th.C. On Sunday, January 14th.9. What time will the party start?A. At 7:00 p.m.B. At 7:30 p.m.C. At 7:50 p.m.10. Who will Laura have to meet at the station first?A. Her father.B. Her mother.C. Her cousin.听第8段材料，回答第11至第13三个小题.现在你有15秒钟的时间阅读下面三个小题.11. How is Tom?A. He is hungry.B. He is worried.C. He is tired.12. Why does Tom do little exercise?A. Because he has no time.B. Because he is always tired.C. Because he is not good at exercise.13. What should Tom do now?A. Go to the party.B. Get a sleep.C. Do exercise.听第9段材料，回答第14至第16三个小题.现在你有15秒钟的时间阅读下面三个小题.14. What do they want to make?A. A tomato sandwich.B. An onion sandwich.C. A cheese sandwich.15. How much butter do they need?A. One spoon.B. Two spoons.C. Three spoons.16. How many steps do they need?A. Four steps.B. Five steps.C. Six steps.听第10段材料，回答第17至第20四个小题.现在你有20秒钟的时间阅读下面四个小题.17. How far is Mike’s home from his school?A. About one kilometer.B. About two kilometers.C. About three kilometers.18. How does Mike go to school?A. By bike.B. By bus.C. On foot.19. What does Mike’s father hope he will be?A. A driver.B. A teacher.C. A doctor.20. What is Mike going to do when he grows up?A. He is going to work on the farm.B. He is going to live in the city.C. He is going to work in a hospital.第二部分笔试第一节单项选择从每小题所给的四个选项中选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑.1.Jane is ________ university girl now and she likes________ life at her university.A. a; theB. an; theC. a; 不填D. an; 不填【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：Jane现在是一个大学女生，她喜欢她的大学生活.考查冠词.根据题干，推测句意为：Jane现在是一个大学女生，她喜欢她的大学生活.第一个空，表示泛指“一个大学女生”，而且university的发音是以辅音音素开头的，用a修饰；第二个空，表示特指“她的大学生活”，用定冠词the修饰；故答案选A.【点睛】本题考查冠词用法.冠词分为定冠词、不定冠词和零冠词.不定冠词包括a和an ，表示泛指某人或某物，a用于辅音音素开头的单词前面；an用于元音音素开头的单词前面.the是定冠词，表示特指某个（些）人或者物，或者在文中再次提到该事物时；零冠词用于一些特殊的结构中.本题根据题干可知，第一个空表示泛指，且university的发音是以辅音音素开头的，用a修饰；第二个空，表示特指，用定冠词the修饰；故答案选A.2.—Excuse me, could you help me ________when the plane will take off on the Internet?—I’m sorry, my computer doesn’t work.A. take upB. put upC. take outD. find out【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：——打扰一下，你能帮我在网上查一下飞机什么时候起飞吗?——对不起，我的电脑坏了. 考查动词短语.take up开始从事；put up建造、张贴；take out取出、拿出；find out找出、查明.根据语境：你能帮我在网上……飞机什么时候起飞吗?可知应该是查一下，用find out，故答案选D.3.—Dale, let’s do ________ after finishing the work, how about going swimming?—Sounds good.A. interesting somethingB. interesting nothingC. something interestingD. nothing interesting【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——Dale，我们完成工作后做点有趣的事情吧，去游泳怎么样?——听起来不错.考查不定代词.something一些事情，nothing没什么事；根据how about going swimming?判断应该是完成工作后做点有趣的事情，这是一个表示肯定含义的陈述句，所以用something，排除B、D选项；interesting是形容词，意为有趣的，当形容词修饰不定代词时要放在其后，排除A选项；故答案选C.4.Of the three boys over there, John sings English songs ________.A. more beautifulB. the most beautifulC. more beautifullyD. the most beautifully【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：在那边的三个男孩中，John唱的英文歌最动听.考查副词的最高级.根据Of the three boys over there,可知有三个男孩，所以要用最高级形式，排除A、C选项；beautiful美妙的，形容词，beautifully美妙地，副词；设空处修饰前面的谓语动词sings，应用副词beautifully 修饰，排除B选项；故答案选D.5.Tim was ________ tired ________go on climbing the mountain, so he stopped and sat on a stone.A. as; toB. too; toC. enough; toD. so; that【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：Tim太累了，不能再爬山了，所以他停下来坐在一块石头上.考查固定句式.as…to…至于；too…to…太…而不能…；enough…to…足够…去做；so…that…如此…以至于.根据he stopped and sat on a stone. 他停下来坐在一块石头上.结合Tim was ___ tired ___ go on climbing the mountain,可知是Tim太累了，不能再爬山了，所以他停下来坐在一块石头上.用too…to…太…而不能…；故答案选B.6.If it ________ tomorrow, we ________ to have a picnic at the lake.A. doesn’t rain; goB. won’t rain; will goC. doesn’t rain; will goD. won’t rain; go【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：如果明天不下雨，我们就去湖边野餐。
2020年人教版八年级上册英语期末试卷及答案
人教版八年级上册英语期末试卷一．听力部分（20分）Ⅰ. 情景反应根据所听到的句子，选择恰当的应答语。
（5分）（）1. A. It’s sunny. B. It’s Tuesday the 29th. C. It’s December.（）2. A. Twice a week. B. At six o’clock. C. About half an hour.（）3. A. Yes, it is. B. Yes, there will. C. Yes, there is.（）4. A. Yes, I do. B. No, I don’t. C. The game shows.（）5. A. Delicious. B. Serious. C. dangerous.Ⅱ. 对话问答根据对话和对话后的问题，选择正确答案。
（5分）（）6. A. To play soccer. B. To play tennis. C. To play the piano.（）7. A. A teacher. B. A singer. C. A pilot.（）8. A. It has the biggest screens.B. It has the most comfortable seats.C. It has the friendliest service.（）9. A. Mary and Tony. B. Peter and Mary. C. Tony and Peter.（）10. A. Yes, she did. B. No, she didn’t. C. Nothing special.Ⅲ. 听下面的对话，回答第11至12小题。
听下面的对话，回答第11至12小题。
( )11. What do they want to do ?A. To make a banana shake.B. To make a sandwich.C. To make fruit salad. ( )12. How many bananas do they need?A. OneB. TwoC. Three听下面的对话，回答第13至15小题。
人教版英语八年级上册《期末考试试题》（附答案解析）
⼈教版英语⼋年级上册《期末考试试题》（附答案解析）2020-2021学年第⼀学期期末测试
⼈教版⼋年级英语试题
亲爱的同学，这份试卷将再次记录你的⾃信、沉着、智慧和收获！请认真审题，看清要求，仔细答题，祝你成功！
听⼒部分
短对话理解
你将听到⼗段对话，每段对话后有⼀个⼩题.请在每⼩题所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出⼀个最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.
1. What is Mike doing now?
A. B. C.
2.Where is Mr. Green going ? A. B. C.
3. What would Lucy like to eat after lunch? A. B. C.
4. What is the weather like now? A. B. C.
5.Who wanted to know how to search the Internet? A. B. C.
6. What are the two speakers talking about? A. A school subject. B. An interesting movie. C. A ball game. 7What’s the relationship between the two speakers?
精品试卷
上⼀页下⼀页。
人教版八年级上册英语《期末检测试卷》(带答案解析)
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题第一部分听力I. 短对话理解你将听到五段对话, 每段对话后有一个小题.请在每小题所给的A，B，C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.1. How does Li Lin learn English?A. By reading English novels.B. By listening to the radio.C. By watching English movies.2. What are they talking about?A. An animal.B. A person.C. A film.3. When did the accident happen?A. At 5:30.B. At 6:00.C. At 6:30.4. What would the boy like to drink?A. Tea.B. Coffee.C. Milk.5. What's the relationship（关系）between the two speakers?A. Teacher and student.B. Sister and brother.C. Classmates.II. 长对话理解你将听到两段对话, 每段对话后有几个小题.请在每小题所给的A，B，C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.听下面一段对话, 回答第6至7小题.6. What's the population of Wang Lei's home town?A. 1.5 million.B. 2.5 million.C. 3.5 million.7. What's the life like in Wang Lei's home town?A. Expensive.B. Boring.C. Easy.听下面一段对话，回答第8至10小题.8. What was the weather like?A. Rainy.B. Sunny.C. Windy.9. How long did Tony wait?A. For two hours.B. For three hours.C. For four hours. 10. How did Tony go to the park?A. By bike.B. By car.C. By bus.III.短文理解你将听到一篇短文， 短文后有五个小题.请根据短文内容, 在每小题所给的A ， B,，C 三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.短文读两遍.11. When did the children go skating?A. Before breakfast.B. After breakfast.C. After dinner. 12. How many children skated on the lake?A. Three.B. Four.C. Five. 13. Who skated best of all the children?A.AleanB. Paul.C. Bill. 14. Why did Paul fall into the water?A. Because he skated fast.B. Because he couldn't skate. CBecause the ice was broken. 15. Who saved Paul?A. His friends.B. His parents.C. The workers.IV . 信息转换你将听到一篇短文.请根据短文内容, 写出下面表格中所缺的单词, 每空仅填一词.短文读两遍第二部分英语知识运用V. 单项填空1.—Hello, Swan Lake Hotel Hefei. Can I help you?—Yes, I'd like to _________a room for two nights.A. offerB. produceC. bookD. show2.It's difficult to live in a foreign country, _________when you can't speak the local language.A. suddenlyB. especiallyC. luckilyD. mainly3.--- Oh, dear! A power cut!--- Sorry, I didn’t know you _________ the washing machine.A. are usingB. usedC. useD. were using4.The moonlight goes ________ the window and makes the room bright.A. upB. acrossC. downD. through5.The doctor advised him to drink more water and eat________ hamburgers to keep healthy.A. manyB. moreC. fewerD. less6.Oh, my God! The kids are making a lot of_________ here. I can't do anything.A. songsB. soundC. voiceD. noise7.—Did Tina tell you __________ to get to Hefeinan Railway Station?—Yes, she said we would meet there at 3 pm.A. howB. whatC. whenD. where8. to smile at your life when you are in trouble, and you will soon be happy again.A. TryB. To tryC. TryingD. Tried9.When a car hits someone, we can't _________. We should call 120 for help.A. look him upB. bring him upC. lift him upD. call him up10.—Joan, would you like to go to the nature park with us?—_________I am free every day except today.A. What a pity!B. That's a good idea.C. No idea.D. I'm not sure about that. VI. 完形填空ABruce was an elder worker. He was ready to retire（退休）. He told his manager that he wanted to leave the ___11___. He wanted to live a ___12___ life with his family.The manager was ___13___ to see Bruce leaving. He asked Bruce if he could build just one more flat for him.Bruce agreed, ___14___ this time it was easy to tell that he didn't work hard.It was a bad way to end his work ___15___that. When Bruce finished his work, the manager came to___16___the flat. Then the manager ___17___ the front door key to Bruce.“This is your flat,” he said,“___18___ present for you.”Bruce couldn't ___19___ it. If he knew he was building his own house, he would do it ___20___ . Now he had to live in the bad flat he built for himself.Your life today is the result（结果）of your choices in the past. Your life tomorrow will be the result of the choices you make today.11. A. restaurant B. hospital C. school D. company12. A. busier B. quieter C. wilder D. poorer13. A. excited B. tired C. shy D. sad14. A. or B. and C. but D. so15. A. like B. with C. for D. about16. A. find B. show C. check D. clean17. A. sold B. bought C. chose D. gave18. A. his B. my C. your D. her19. A. believe B. complete C. remember D. protect20. A. easily B. differently C. quickly D. loudlyB“Oh, Sally, Christmas is going to be so terrible this year,” Laura said to me. “Mom and Dad will be out of town on Christmas, and I ___21___ stay with my aunt Jane. She always treats（对待）me like a five-year-old! I wish I had a ___22___ family like you, so I could go somewhere else.”I do have a big family, every Christmas, all of us get together. Later that day, I told Mom about Laura's___23___“Why don't you ask Laura to spend Christmas with us?” Mom offered. “Oh, Mom, that would be great!” I was so excited. “There will be an extra（额外的）place at the table anyway, because Mary has a chance to go to France.” Mom went on while washing dishes. “No! She can't go, or she'll ___24___ Christmas with the family. We always spend it together...” ___25___I wanted to say more, the telephone rang. It was my brother Jim calling. He asked if Mom and Dad wouldn't ___26___ too much if he didn't come home for Christmas, because he wanted to go skating with friends. Of course, Mom and Dad said Jim could go, but I wanted them to say no.On Christmas Eve, Laura came over, which cheered me up a lot.“Where are Mary and Jim?” she asked me. “They've made other ___27___ so they aren't coming home,” I said. “Christmas just isn't going to be the same thisyear ___28___ them.” “Of course.” Mom said. “No two Christmases are ever the same. People ___29___ Children grow older, new members are added（添加）to the family, and sometimes people die. Do you under stand that, Sally?” “Yes, Mom,” I said, “I think I do.”Next evening, all my relatives（亲戚）arrived. As I looked around the dinner table, I really began to ___30___ what Mom tried to tell me. I saw the new faces of babies, my aunt's boyfriend, and my best friend, Laura, and I saw the old faces that would always be there. No, I thought. No two Christmases are ever the same.21. A. can B. must C. have to D. had better22. A. big B. common C. rich D. usual23. A. accident B. advice C. interest D. problem24. A. follow B. miss C. forget D. spend25. A. When B. While C. Because D. After26. A. ask B. speak C. mind D. love27. A. calls B. plans C. suggestions D. mistakes28. A. against B. around C. between D. without29. A. change B. appear C. improve D. laugh30. A. imagine B. remember C. understand D. show第三部分阅读理解VII. 补全对话根据对话内容, 从方框内的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项, 其中有两个为多余选项. Thomas : I'm traveling to your hometown,Anhui Province. What can I buy for my family and friends? Wu Li：Well, there are many fantastic things in AnhuiProvince, like tea and Huizhou inkstick徽墨）.Thomas：Sounds great. I think my family would like to try Chinese tea. ________31________Wu Li：Sure. We have different kinds of tea, such as green tea, black tea and so on.Thomas：Wow, so many！_________32_________Wu Li：Green tea. Lu'an Guapian tea is very famous all over China.Thomas：I see. ________33________Wu Li：I'm sure they will like it.Thomas：I think so. What about Huizhou inkstick?Wu Li：_____34_____ If you want to buy inkstick products, you can go to Huangshan, a very famous city in AnhuiProvince.Thomas：Really? That must be interesting. ______35______Wu Li：Not at all. Enjoy yourself!A. Which do you like best, Wu Li?B. They don't like Chinese tea at all.C. You can find how Huizhou ink stick is made there.D. I will buy some Lu'an Guapian tea for my family.E. Huizhou ink stick is famous all over the world.F. Could you please tell me something about Chinese tea?G. Thanks for your advice.VIII. 阅读理解阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的A，B，C，D四个选项中选出一个最佳选项.From May 20 to May 24 Science Week is coming!Science Club May 9, 201936. You can enjoy a film in ________on Thursday afternoon.A. the school hallB. Computer Room FourC. Biology Lab TwoD. Science Center37. ________will tell you why we can't grow to be 3 meters.A. Mr. ZhuB. Miss YangC. Doctor HuD. Doctor Zhu38. At 9:00 a.m. on Tuesday, you can________.A. watch a filmB. enjoy 3D-printed productsC. listen to a talkD. experience what 5G is like39. The passage above is probably a ________.A. noticeB. poemC. mapD. storyBWhen I was in high school, I worked part-time helping dad sell fruits and vegetables at a market. One day, as I was preparing the fruits, a little boy came by with his mom and sister. He was about eight years old, and the girl was five or six. They were looking at the fruits in front of me. I heard the kids say to their mom (in French), "They're good!" I knew it was French, because I can speak and understand it.Then I noticed how mom was picking the fruits. At first, I thought she was really looking at the fruits because she was facing them, but then I noticed how much she had to feel and smell each one as she picked them out. And she often asked her son if it looked okay, but looked way above where his face was. Putting what I saw together, I was sure she was blind.Both of the kids helped their mom pick out the fruits. The son made sure the fruits were not bad, and the daughter handed them to her mom. The woman then felt each one and smiled, and the daughter would put them into their basket. The kids were smiling while helping their mom pick the fruits out.Their smile and gentle manner（举止）moved me in a way that never happened before. It was so beautiful to see such young kids so happy to help. Most kids at that age would be picking out candies or toys in a store for themselves,instead of（而不是）helping their mom pick out fruits, as the two kids did.It was great to see the moment, but not so great because I didn't tell the mom how beautiful her children were in their language.40. The woman and her kids came to the market to buy _________.A. fruitsB. vegetablesC. candiesD. toys41. The underlined word "blind" means that the mother couldn't _________.A. speakB. seeC. smellD. hear42. The writer was moved because _________.A. the mother was brave to face her problemsB. the kids were polite and kind to each otherC. the mother was careful in picking out thingsD. the kids were so happy to help their mother43. Which is the best title?A. A Blind MotherB. Two Beautiful ChildrenC. A Beautiful MomentD. Picking Fruits in the MarketCBullying（霸凌）can happen to me or you or anybody, but there are things that we can do.What is bullying?Bullying is when someone makes you feel bad or hurts you again and again. Bullying can happen at school or out of school or online. Bullying includes（包括）：calling people unkind names, laughing at（嘲笑）people, taking someone's things without being allowed, not letting someone play in a group hitting people.What is cyberbullying（网络欺凌）？Cyberbullying happens online and includes: sending unkind information,sharing photos without being allowed, not letting someone be part of an online group.What can you do?If someone bullies you, go and find a person you can believe in. For example, talk to a parent or a teacher. Don't reply（回复）to unkind information.Tell your parents or teachers if you see bullying or if you are worried about a friend.Say sorry if you bullied someone. You can write a letter or talk to the person. Think about how to be kind in the future.We can all help to say no to bullying.44. Which is NOT bullying?A. Calling people unkind names.B. Laughing at people.C. Not inviting someone play in a group.D. Hitting someone on the head.45. How many kinds of bullying online are mentioned（提及）in the passage?A. 3B. 4C. 5D. 646. What can you do if someone bullies you online?A. Turn to your parents or teachers for help.B. Write back and try to make more friends.C. Keep the problems and worries to yourself.D. Tell strangers about the harm of cyberbullying.47. From the passage, we can know that you'd better go and find a person you can believe in and_________.A. ask what happensB. give them some adviceC. ask for helpD. make them worriedDDuring the month of July, 2018, Scholastic Inc. held a summer reading road trip. A Scholastic RV（野营车）travelled to bookstores and libraries across the US with kids' favourite writers and characters（角色）.On July 12, the RV visited Jersey City. Young visitors got to read books and play fun games. Kids also took photos with their favourite characters such as Clifford the Big Red Dog. At a table outside a bookstore called Word, some writers talked to readers about their books."It's relaxing to write books, but coming out and meeting the readers is so different and interesting,” said Gale Galligan, a writer."Meeting young readers, teachers and booksellers inspires me to keep writing. I will keep writing interesting books for kids." said Joyce Wan, another writer.For the workers of Scholastic Inc., the road trip offers a chance to share love of reading with people around the country. "Kids are so excited to meet our writers,” said a worker. "They are really excited to meet the characters, too.I love seeing kids enjoy books in a really different way and learn that reading is fun. That's what our reading road trip is here to celebrate."48. Young visitors didn't _________in the summer reading road trip.A. play gamesB. write booksC. take photosD. talk to writers49. Clifford is the name of a_________.A. RVB. dogC. writerD. bookstore50. Gale Galligan thinks meeting readers of his books is_________.A.boringB. difficultC. enjoyable.D. relaxing 51. What does the underlined word "inspires" mean in Chinese? A. 惩罚 B. 影响 C. 妨碍 D. 激励52. The main purpose（目的）of the reading road trip is to_________. A. tell kids that it's important to read B. advise writers to write better books C. show kids how to find good books D. share the idea that reading is fun E Four Seasons of a Tree There was a man who had four sons. To teach them not to judge（评价）things too quickly, the man sent his sonsto go and look at a tree far away in turns. The first son went in winter, the second in spring, the third in summer, and the youngest son in fall.When they came back, he asked them to say what they saw. The first son said that the tree was not beautiful at all. The second son said no; it was covered with green leaves, and full（充满）of hope. The third son said there were many flowers that looked so beautiful, it was the most wonderful thing. The last son disagreed with all of them, he said there was lots of fruit in the tree, full of life and harvest（收获）.The man then told his sons that they were all right, but they each saw only one season in the tree's life. He told them, "The enjoyment, happiness and love that come from that life can only be judged at the end, when all the seasons are up. If you give up when it's winter, you will miss the promise of your spring, the beauty of your summer, harvest of your fall.”Remember: you cannot judge a tree, or a person by only one season.53. Why did the man ask his sons to go and look at the tree in turns?（不超过10个词）54. What did the man do when his four sons came back?（不超过10个词）55. What can we learn from the father's words?（不超过15个词）第四部分写IX. 单词拼写根据首字母及汉语提示, 完成下列单词的拼写, 使句意明确, 语言通顺.One day, a teacher asked his students to p___56___（准备）for a test. He gave out the paper. To everyone'ss___57___（惊奇）, there were no questions, just a black dot（小圆点）. The teacher said, "I want you to write whatyou see there." The students started writing. At the end of the class, the teacher read them in front of the students. They all d____58____（描述）the black dot. The teacher said, "No one wrote about the white part of the paper. Everyone paid attention to the black dot. The same thing happens in our lives. Our life is relaxing with love and care. However, we keep seeing the dark s___59___（方面）. The dark dots are very small in our lives, but they are the ones that p___60___（污染）our minds."X. 书面表达61.假如你是李华, 你的英国笔友Tony春节期间要来一个合肥家庭做客.请你根据以下要点给他写一封邮件.1. 合肥春节期间天气及建议；2. 中国春节的一些习俗（至少写两点）；3. 就他来中国家庭做客的礼仪给予建议.注意：1. 词数80词左右;2.可适当增加细节, 以使行文连贯；3.信中不能出现与本人相关的信息；4.开头和结尾己为你写好, 不计入总词数. Dear Tony,I'm glad to hear that you are coming to Hefei during the winter vacation! I hope this helps and enjoy your stay in Hefei. ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________Yours,Li Hua答案与解析第一部分听力I. 短对话理解你将听到五段对话, 每段对话后有一个小题.请在每小题所给的A，B，C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.1. How does Li Lin learn English?A. By reading English novels.B. By listening to the radio.C. By watching English movies.2. What are they talking about?A. An animal.B. A person.C. A film.3. When did the accident happen?A. At 5:30.B. At 6:00.C. At 6:30.4. What would the boy like to drink?A. Tea.B. Coffee.C. Milk.5. What's the relationship（关系）between the two speakers?A. Teacher and student.B. Sister and brother.C. Classmates.II. 长对话理解你将听到两段对话, 每段对话后有几个小题.请在每小题所给的A，B，C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.每段对话读两遍.听下面一段对话, 回答第6至7小题.6. What's the population of Wang Lei's home town?A. 1.5 million.B. 2.5 million.C. 3.5 million.7. What's the life like in Wang Lei's home town?A. Expensive.B. Boring.C. Easy.听下面一段对话，回答第8至10小题.8. What was the weather like?A. Rainy.B. Sunny.C. Windy.9. How long did Tony wait?A. For two hours.B. For three hours.C. For four hours.10. How did Tony go to the park?A. By bike.B. By car.C. By bus.III.短文理解你将听到一篇短文，短文后有五个小题.请根据短文内容, 在每小题所给的A，B,，C三个选项中选出一个最佳选项.短文读两遍.11. When did the children go skating?A. Before breakfast.B. After breakfast.C. After dinner. 12. How many children skated on the lake?A. Three.B. Four.C. Five.13. Who skated best of all the children?A.AleanB. Paul.C. Bill.14. Why did Paul fall into the water?A. Because he skated fast.B. Because he couldn't skate.C. Because the ice was broken.15. Who saved Paul?A. His friends.B. His parents.C. The workers.IV. 信息转换你将听到一篇短文.请根据短文内容, 写出下面表格中所缺的单词, 每空仅填一词.短文读两遍.第二部分英语知识运用V. 单项填空1.—Hello, Swan Lake Hotel Hefei. Can I help you?—Yes, I'd like to _________a room for two nights.A. offerB. produceC. bookD. show【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——您好，合肥天鹅湖酒店.我能帮你吗? ——是的，我想订一个房间，住两个晚上.考查动词辨析.offer动词，提供；produce动词，生产；book动词，预定，登记；show动词，展示.根据句意可知说话的人是想向酒店预定房间，故用book.故选C.2.It's difficult to live in a foreign country, _________when you can't speak the local language.A. suddenlyB. especiallyC. luckilyD. mainly【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：在外国生活是很困难的，尤其是当你不会说当地语言的时候.考查副词.suddenly副词，突然地；especially副词，特别，尤其；luckily副词，幸运地；mainly动词，主要地.从句意看，应该填especially尤其，强调不会说那个国家的语言会感到尤其困难.故选B.【点睛】当副词作状语来修饰整个句子时,如何理解或翻译这句话是一个难题.本题题干中especially是个副词，不是修饰speak这个动词，而是修饰整个句子.翻译此类句子，我们要采用分译法，将修饰整个句子的状语成分抽离出来,将它作为一个句子翻译出来.在选择合适的副词时，就需要把副词先抽离出来，了解原句的含义，然后再判断语境选择合适的副词.如本题中抽离这个副词后的全句含义是“当你不会说当地语言的时候，在外国生活是很困难的.”，根据语境，这种情况不会是突然地，幸运地和主要地，尤其是比较恰当，故选especially.3.--- Oh, dear! A power cut!--- Sorry, I didn’t know you _________ the washing machine.A. are usingB. usedC. useD. were using【答案】D【解析】【分析】考点：考查过去进行时.【详解】试题分析：句意：——哎吆！停电啦！——对不起，我不知道你在使用洗衣机.表示过去某一时间正在进行的动作用过去进行时，所以选D.4.The moonlight goes ________ the window and makes the room bright.A. upB. acrossC. downD. through【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：月光透过窗户，让房间变得明亮.考查介词.up介词，在……之上；across介词，表示表面穿过，down介词，向下，沿着；through介词，表示内部穿过.根据句意可知，月光是从窗户内部穿过.故选D.5.The doctor advised him to drink more water and eat________ hamburgers to keep healthy.A. manyB. moreC. fewerD. less【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：医生建议他多喝水，少吃汉堡包以保持健康.考查形容词.many形容词，许多的，修饰可数名词；more形容词比较级，更多的，修饰可数名词和不可数名词；fewer形容词比较级，更少的，修饰可数名词复数，有否定含义；less形容词比较级，更少的，修饰不可数名词，有否定含义.根据句意可知医生建议他少吃汉堡包，故选有否定含义的词，A和B无否定含义，故排除.hamburgers是可数名词复数，故选C.6.Oh, my God! The kids are making a lot of_________ here. I can't do anything.A. songsB. soundC. voiceD. noise【答案】D【解析】【详解】句意：哦,我的上帝! 孩子们正在这里制造很多噪音.我什么都做不了.考查名词.songs名词，歌曲；sound名词，声音；voice名词，嗓音；noise名词，噪音.根据句意，孩子们发出的是噪音，所以打扰他什么都做不了.noise符合题意.故选D.【点睛】sound，voice，noise三个词都表示“声音”，但是表示“声音”的含义却不同.sound这个词意为“声音、响声”指用耳朵听到的自然界的任何“声音”.voice这个词主要指人讲话或者唱歌的声音.多以“嗓音”为主.有时voice也可以表示鸟的声音.noise意为“噪音、喧闹声”，常指不悦耳、不和谐的嘈杂声.7.—Did Tina tell you __________ to get to Hefeinan Railway Station?—Yes, she said we would meet there at 3 pm.A. howB. whatC. whenD. where【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——蒂娜告诉你什么时候到合肥南火车站了吗？——是的，她说我们会在3点见面.考查宾语从句.本句中使用疑问词+动词不定式的结构，作tell动词的宾语.how连接副词，如何，在从句中作状语；what连接代词，什么，在从句中作主宾表定；when连接副词，什么时候，在从句中作状语，表时间；where连接副词，哪里，在从句中作状语，表地点.根据后一句“she said we would meet there at 3 pm.”可知上一句是在问到达地点的时间.故选C.8. to smile at your life when you are in trouble, and you will soon be happy again.A. TryB. To tryC. TryingD. Tried【答案】A【解析】句意：当你遇到困难的时候，试着对你的生活微笑，那么你很快就会快乐起来.句型：祈使句+and/or+陈述句，祈使句部分，表示一种建议，告诫，条件，and/or 后面部分表示会发生的结果，and翻译成那么，or翻译成否则；例如，1.Take more exercise and you'll feel healthy.多锻炼身体，那么你就会感到身体健康.2.Hurry up, or you'll be late.快点，否则会迟到的.结合本句可知选A.9.When a car hits someone, we can't _________. We should call 120 for help.A. look him upB. bring him upC. lift him upD. call him up【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：当汽车撞到人时，我们不能把他扶起来.我们应该打120求助.考查动词短语.look him up看望他；bring him up带他上来；lift him up把他扶起来；call him up给他打电话.根据前半句“When a car hits someone,”可知，有人被汽车撞倒了，应该是把他扶起来.当人称代词作为“动词+副词”结构的宾语时，把人称代词放在谓语动词和副词之间.故选C.10.—Joan, would you like to go to the nature park with us?—_________I am free every day except today.A. What a pity!B. That's a good idea.C. No idea.D. I'm not sure about that. 【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：——琼，你愿意和我们一起去自然公园吗? ——真遗憾！除了今天，我每天都有空.考查情景交际.What a pity! 多遗憾啊！That's a good idea. 真是一个好主意.No idea.不知道. I'm not sure about that.我不确定.根据句意，可知由于今天没有空，所以感到很遗憾.故选A.VI. 完形填空ABruce was an elder worker. He was ready to retire（退休）. He told his manager that he wanted to leave the___11___. He wanted to live a ___12___ life with his family.The manager was ___13___ to see Bruce leaving. He asked Bruce if he could build just one more flat for him. Bruce agreed, ___14___ this time it was easy to tell that he didn't work hard.It was a bad way to end his work ___15___that. When Bruce finished his work, the manager came to___16___the flat. Then the manager ___17___the front door key to Bruce.“This is your flat,” he said,“___18___ present for you.”Bruce couldn't ___19___ it. If he knew he was building his own house, he would do it ___20___ . Now he had to live in the bad flat he built for himself.Your life today is the result（结果）of your choices in the past. Your life tomorrow will be the result of the choices you make today.11. A. restaurant B. hospital C. school D. company12. A. busier B. quieter C. wilder D. poorer13. A. excited B. tired C. shy D. sad14. A. or B. and C. but D. so15. A. like B. with C. for D. about16. A. find B. show C. check D. clean17. A. sold B. bought C. chose D. gave18. A. his B. my C. your D. her19. A. believe B. complete C. remember D. protect20. A. easily B. differently C. quickly D. loudly【答案】11. D 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. A 16. C 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. B【解析】本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述的是一个老年的工人的故事，他准备辞职退休了，老板让他建最后一栋房子，他答应最后再建一栋房子.但是没有用心做，在交房子的那天，老板说这是给他的礼物，听到之后他很震惊，也很后悔.【11题详解】句意：他告诉经理他想离开公司.考查名词.restaurant名词，餐厅；hospital名词，医院；school名词，学校；company名词，公司.根据上句“Bruce was an elder worker. He was ready to retire.”可知Bruce向经理表明想要离开公司.【12题详解】句意：他想要和他的家人一起过更平静的生活.考查形容词比较级.busier形容词，更忙；quieter形容词，更平静；wilder形容词，更野的；poorer形容词，更可怜.根据句意可知，Bruce想要退休过平静的生活.B项符合句意，故选B.【13题详解】句意：经理看到Bruce想要离开感到非常难过.考查形容词.根据后句“He asked Bruce if he could build just one more flat for him.”他问布鲁斯能不能再给他盖一套房子.可知经理感到比较难过.excited形容词，激动的；tired形容词，劳累的；shy形容词，害羞的；sad形容词，难过的.故选D.【14题详解】句意：Bruce同意了，但是这次，很容易就看出他工作不努力.考查连词.or连词，或者，表示选择；and连词，并且，表示并列；but连词，但是，表示转折；so连词，因此，表示结果.根据前文可知，经理对Bruce离开感到很难过，说明他之前是努力工作的，但是这次没有努力工作.此处有转折的含义，故选C.【15题详解】句意：像那样结束他的工作是一个糟糕的方式.考查介词.like介词，像；with介词，和……一起；for介词，为了；about介词，关于.根据前文可知，Bruce 没有努力工作.that代词，表示前文中所指的没有努力工作的情形.故此处表达含义为“像”，故选A. 【16题详解】句意：当Bruce完成了他的工作，经理来查看这间公寓.考查动词.find动词，发现；show动词，展示；check动词，查看；clean动词，清扫.根据句意可知，经理要Bruce建最后一所房子，当他完成以后，经理需要来检查.此处为动词不定式，动词用原形.故选C. 【17题详解】句意：然后经理把前门的钥匙给了Bruce.考查动词.sold动词过去式，卖；bought动词过去式，买；chose动词过去式，选择；gave动词过去式，给.根据句意可知，此句的时态为一般过去时，动词用过去式.根据后句“This is your flat,”可知，经理将公寓给了Bruce，所以把钥匙给了Bruce.故选D【18题详解】句意：我给你的礼物.考查代词.present名词，礼物，前用形容词或形容词性物主代词.his形容词性物主代词或者名词性物主代词，他的；my形容词性物主代词，我的；your形容词性物主代词，你的，你们的；her形容词性物主代词，她的.根据句意可知，本句为经理说的话，故用含义“我的”，故选B.【19题详解】句意；Bruce不能相信这件事.考查动词.believe动词，相信；complete动词，完成；remember动词，记着；protect动词，保护.根据句意，经理把公寓给了Bruce，他不敢相信这件事.故选A.【20题详解】句意：如果他知道这正在建自己的房子，他会做的不一样.考查副词.easily副词，容易地；differently副词，不同地；quickly副词，快速地；loudly副词，大声地.此处填写副词修饰动词do.根据前文可知，Bruce没有认真修建自己的房子，如果知道是自己的房子，他就做的不同了.故填B.B“Oh, Sally, Christmas is going to be so terrible this year,” Laura said to me. “Mom and Dad will be out of town on Christmas, and I ___21___ stay with my aunt Jane. She always treats（对待）me like a five-year-old! I wish I had a ___22___family like you, so I could go somewhere else.”I do have a big family, every Christmas, all of us get together. Later that day, I told Mom about Laura's___23___“Why don't you ask Laura to spend Christmas with us?” Mom offered. “Oh, Mom, that would be great!” I was so excited. “There will be an extra（额外的）place at the table anyway, because Mary has a chance to go to France.” Mom went on while washing dishes. “No! She can't go, or she'll ___24___ Christmas with the family. We always spend it together...” ___25___I wanted to say more, the telephone rang. It was my brother Jim calling. He asked if Mom and Dad wouldn't ___26___ too much if he didn't come home for Christmas, because he wanted to go skating with friends. Of course, Mom and Dad said Jim could go, but I wanted them to say no.On Christmas Eve, Laura came over, which cheered me up a lot.“Where are Mary and Jim?” she asked me. “They've made other ___27___so they aren't coming home,” I said. “Christmas just isn't going to be the same this year ___28___them.” “Of course.” Mom said. “No two Christmases are ever the same. People ___29___ Children grow older, new members are added（添加）to the family, and sometimes people die. Do you understand that, Sally?” “Yes, Mom,” I said, “I think I do.”Next evening, all my relatives（亲戚）arrived. As I looked around the dinner table, I really began to ___30___ what Mom tried to tell me. I saw the new faces of babies, my aunt's boyfriend, and my best friend, Laura, and I saw the old faces that would always be there. No, I thought. No two Christmases are ever the same.21. A. can B. must C. have to D. had better22. A. big B. common C. rich D. usual。
最新人教版英语八年级上册《期末检测题》附答案
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题第I 卷第一部分听力第一节听下面5 段小对话.每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置.听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题.每段对话仅读一遍.1. What should the boy stop having?A. Water.B. Fish.C. French fries.2. How may the woman go to Shanghai?A. By bus.B. By train.C. By car.3. Who is ill in hospital?A. Lily.B. Lily’s father.C. Lily’s mother.4. What does Emma want to be ?A. A shop assistant.B. A teacher.C. A doctor.5. When was Danny born?A. May 1st.B. March 3rd.C. June 10th.第二节听下面3 段对话或独白.每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置.听每段对话或独白前，你有时间阅读各小题，每小题5 秒钟.听完后，各小题给出5 秒钟的做答时间.每段对话或独白读两遍.听下面一段对话，回答第6 至第8 三个个小题.6What will they do this Saturday?A. Go shopping.B. Go to the movies.C. Go swimming.7. How long will they get there?A. 10-minute bus ride.B. 10-minute walk.C. 10-minute bike ride.8. When will they meet?A. At 10: 00 am.B. At 10: 30 am.C. At 11: 00 am.听下面一段对话，回答第9 至第11 三个小题.9. What does the girl want to write an article about?A. Foreign students’ life.B. Foreign students’ studies.C. Foreign students’ families.10. How long has the boy been in China?A. For two days.B. For two weeks.C. For two months.11. What makes the boy feel embarrassed(尴尬的)?A. Eating with Chinese friends.B. Speaking Chinese.C. Talking with friends.听下面一段独白，回答第12 至第15 四个小题.12. Who bought DVDs about Mickey Mouse for the girl?A. Her grandfather.B. Her grandmother.C. Her father.13. How many toys(玩具) about Mickey Mouse does she have?A. Twenty.B. Twenty-five.C. Thirty.14. Do you know how tall the girl is?A. 155cm.B. 165cm.C. 170cm.15. When will the girl visit Shanghai Disneyland?A. In January.B. In February.C. In June.第二部分阅读理解第一节阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D) 中选出最佳选项.AIsabella Rose Taylor is quite busy. It's not because of homework or exams. She designs clothes by herself.She will sell those clothes across the US in the future.The Texan girl has loved making things since a young age. At the age of 3, she started painting and at the age of 8, she went to a sewing camp.Soon after, she started to make her own clothes. Her friends liked her designs and asked her to make clothes for them. This encouraged her to start selling her clothes at a local shop. At the age of 9,with the help of her parents, Isabella set up her own fashion brand named after herself.The brand is mainly for teenage girls. Isabella usually gets her design ideas from paintings, her travels and the world around her.“I want girls of my age to have clothes that truly show who they are. "she said.I sabella's future plan is to make her brand more popular. "I'll add something like accessories（配饰）and shoes”.She said.1. What is Isabella Rose Taylor busy doing?A. Doing her homeworkB. Preparing for her examC. Designing clothes.D. Leaning painting2. According to the story, Isabella .A. went to a sewing camp at age 3B. set up her own brand at age 9C. learned design from her parentsD. encouraged her friends to join her3. What is Isabella's future plan ?A. Make her brand more popularB. Drop out of school and start a companyC. Go to a design schoolD. Travel around the worldBAfter hours of driving ,my wife Tara and I were so tired,but happy to finally get home . We put the car on the driveway and headed inside home .At seven o’clock in the morning,we opened the front door and found that the car was stolen ! We called thepolice .Afterwards ,all we could do was waiting for news .As time went by, Tara became very upset as she remembered many things in the car----our wedding album, family photos from past generations and my wallet ,just to name a few .Frustrated（沮丧的）,Tara asked me how I could stay calm .I said: “Honey, we can have a stolen car and be all upset, or we can have a stolen car and be happy. Either way, we have a stolen car. Why not be happy ?”Five days later ,our car was returned.As I drove it home ,I crashed into （撞上）another car ,which would cost around 3000 dollars to repair .I was sorry and upset for what I had done .I was sad .Then Tara arrived home .She put her arms around me and said, "Honey,we can have a wrecked （撞坏的）car and be upset ,or we can have a wrecked car and be happy .Either way ,we have a wrecked car ,so let's choose to be happy .”I looked at her and laughed happily .4. Why did the writer’s wife become sad after the case was lost ?A. they just bought the car .B. they couldn't go to meet their family.C. she didn't believe the police .D. many important things were in the car .5. Why could the writer stay calm ? Because________.A. he knew the car could come back some day .B. he thought it was not his fault .C. he thought it was no use feeling sad .D. he had enough money to buy a new car .6. What can we learn from the story ?A. The writer was too careless to lose his car .B. The writer was calm after crashing into another car .C. The writer’s wife felt angry about their wrec ked car .D.The writer and his wife encouraged each other to face losses. 7. What does the passage mainly tell us ? A. Bad luck never comes alone ,so be ready for it . B. Be careful and there will be no wrecked cars . C. You can choose to be happy when bad things happen . D. Cars can be easily lost if you forget to lock them . C I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay,and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life.For example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each other better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day, we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit cake. In England, you usually drink tea with milk,too.Fish and chips is traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers! It is delicious!At the bus stop, you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get on the bus. Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.8. When you are invited for afternoon tea, you will have_________.A. a light mealB. teaC. just a drinkD. a big meal9. At the bus stop, it is important for you to _________.A. push your way onto the busB. jump onto the bus quicklyC. walk slowly to get on the busD. wait for your turn10. Which of the following is true according to the passage ?A. I went to England this year and noticed some ways of their life .B. In England ,I drank coffee with milk .C. You can't buy and eat fish and chips on the street .D. In England afternoon tea is about 4 pm.11. What is the best title of the passage ?A. How to travel in England ?B. The afternoon tea in England .C. My experience in England .D. The special food and drink in England .DOn the north coast of Brazil, scientists once found something very strange-lost penguins（企鹅）far from home!The scientists did not know why the penguins were lost. Perhaps a warm current（洋流）took them to the north.But penguins cannot live for long in the warmer waters of the north. It was time to save the penguins.Sadly though, some penguins were too sick to travel and some of them were dying. The scientists took the healthy birds and put them on a large plane. They flew to the south coast of Brazil. Many people came to watch the birds. But at first, the birds just looked at the water. Then some of the braver ones swam about in it. It was cold!It was good! And so they began the last part of their journey. People cheered loudly as the younger penguins started swimming behind the older ones. Together, they were on their way home at last.12. Where were the penguins when the scientists found them?A. In the waterB. Far from homeC. On a planeD. On the south coast of Brazil13. Why were the penguins far away from home?A. Scientists took them thereB. They swam thereC. Maybe the warm water carried them thereD. They flew there14What did the scientists want to do?A. They wanted to make the penguins swim all the way homeB. They wanted to help the penguins get homeC. They wanted to take the penguins all back to BrazilD. They wanted to make the penguins go to different places15. How did the younger penguins get back home at last?A. They swam behind the olde rB. They went by planeC. They swam in front of the older onesD. They went by boat第二节阅读下面5小题的材料.请从A—F选项中选出符合各段意思的最佳选项.选项中有一项是多余选项.How to have a pleasant trip?Traveling is becoming more and more popular. But how can we have a pleasant trip? Here are some tips for you._____16_____ Read up on the places of interest before you go, or pick up a guidebook(旅行指南) or audio guide when you're there. These things can teach you about the places of interest, and point out special things you might miss._____17_____ If you're visiting a natural place of interest, first find out whether you'll need good walking shoes or a raincoat. It's always a good idea to bring some food and water, too._____18_____ You may want to get very close to beautiful places or to pick a flower or two to take home with you. But remember, this can make future visitors not happy. Look for signs about what not to do, and when you are not sure, please don't touch!_____19_____ People want to see the places of interest, not your candy wrappers! If there are not many trash cans, bring a plastic bag with you to carry your rubbish._____20_____ For many places, it's a good idea to take pictures. But check whether you are allowed to take photos before you start taking pictures. Some special places don't like visitors to take photos.第三部分英语知识运用第一节：完形填空阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后在各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D)中选出一个最佳选项.Cooking was not my job before and I couldn't cook. But one day my mother called, “Nancy, try to cook___21___ us today.”“But Mom, I don't know how to cook，” I said. “Today I will ___22___ you to cook，”said my father. I didn't know ___23___ it would go, but I agreed.I saw my mother cook rice before, so I did it easily. ___24___ when it came to cooking vegetables, I didn't know how to do it. My father ___25___ me to cut up one cabbage and make other ingredients(原料) ___26___. “Now put some garlic(大蒜) into the pot, and then put the cabbage. Don't forget to ___27___ some salt.” My father stood next ___28___ me and told me what I should do. ___29___ finishing the cabbage, I cooked beef soup. ___30___，I finished cooking the meal in almost two hours. I ___31___ the food to my parents. They ___32___ it and said it was wonderful. At last, it was ___33___ turn to eat the food. I thought it was terrible.From that day on, I learned to ___34___. The first experience of ___35___ my own cooking was so terrible, but it taught me a great lesson. I started respecting(尊重) food, as I learned that one had to try his best to cook it.21. A. at B. in C. on D. for22. A. play B. teach C. expect D. question23. A. how B. what C. which D. where24. A. If B. So C. But D. Because25. A. said B. asked C. talked D. listened26. A. ready B. lucky C. similar D. traditional27. A. shake B. peel C. add D. eat28. A. on B. in C. at D. to29. A. From B. After C. Before D. Through30. A. Luckily B. Quickly C. Finally D. Quietly31. A. filled B. turned C. served D. shared32. A. ate B. went C. drank D. forgot33. A. my B. his C. our D. their34. A. go B. cook C. sing D. paint35. A. discussing B. reaching C. waiting D. tasting第Ⅱ卷第三部分英语知识运用第二节：语法填空阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的内容（一个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式What is the best way to study ?That is ____36____interesting question.Some Chinese students often study very hard for long ____37____(hour ). This is a good habit ,but it is not the ____38____(good ) way to study .An efficient (有效的)student must have enough sleep ,enough food____39____enough rest .Every week you need to go out for a walk or ____40____(visit )some friends or go to some places .That is good for your body ,for your mind and____41____your study .When you return to your studies ,you will find yourself _____42_____(strong )than before ,and you will be able to learn more .Maybe we can say that learning is like ____43____(take )Chinese medicine .I do not mean that it is bitter (苦).I mean that the _____44_____(result )of your hard work appear slowly ,but surely ._____45_____you keep working every day,it will make a difference ,just like Chinese medicine .第四部分写作第一节：单词拼写根据下列句子及所给的首字母，在答题卷上按题号写出各单词的正确、完全形式(每空限填一词).46. — Shall we play basketball?—I’d love to, but I’m not a__________, I’ve lots of things to do now.47. W__________ her glasses, Grandma has great trouble reading newspapers.48. When some people have problems, they will keep the problems to t__________.49. A true friend r__________ for your hand and touches your heart.50. John is t__________ in math, so he solves math problems easily.51. In most countries, people usually eat traditional food on special h__________.52. During the summer, it’s too hot in the classroom. We can’t s__________ it.53. You can’t take her promises s__________ because she never keeps her word.54. Now we can get i__________ from a lot of ways, such as newspapers, TVs and the Internet.55. For friends, I don’t think it’s n__________ to be the same. My best friend is quite different from me.56.书面表达寒假即将来临,假设你是Tom,请根据表格的内容用英语给21世纪报写一篇的今年寒假的生活打算，顺便描述一下去年的寒假的安排及感想.注意:1.文章必须包括表格中的全部内容,可适当增加细节,展开合理的想象:2.文章开头已给出,不计入总词数,只需接着写3.至少补充一项今年的活动,并写一至两条感想4 词数70左右Winter vacation is coming .But I still remember my last winter vacation ._____________________________________________________________________答案与解析第I 卷第一部分听力第一节听下面5 段小对话.每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置.听完每段对话后，你都有10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题.每段对话仅读一遍.1. What should the boy stop having?A. Water.B. Fish.C. French fries.2. How may the woman go to Shanghai?A. By bus.B. By train.C. By car.3. Who is ill in hospital?A. Lily.B. Lily’s father.C. Lily’s mother.4. What does Emma want to be ?A. A shop assistant.B. A teacher.C. A doctor.5. When was Danny born?A. May 1st.B. March 3rd.C. June 10th.第二节听下面3 段对话或独白.每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置.听每段对话或独白前，你有时间阅读各小题，每小题5 秒钟.听完后，各小题给出5 秒钟的做答时间.每段对话或独白读两遍.听下面一段对话，回答第6 至第8 三个个小题. 6.What will they do this Saturday? A. Go shopping. B. Go to the movies. C. Go swimming. 7How long will they get there? A. 10-minute bus ride. B. 10-minute walk. C. 10-minute bike ride. 8. When will they meet?A. At 10: 00 am.B. At 10: 30 am.C. At 11: 00 am.听下面一段对话，回答第9 至第11 三个小题.9. What does the girl want to write an article about?A. Foreign students’ life.B. Foreign students’ studies.C. Foreign students’ families.10. How long has the boy been in China?A. For two days.B. For two weeks.C. For two months.11. What makes the boy feel embarrassed(尴尬的)?A. Eating with Chinese friends.B. Speaking Chinese.C. Talking with friends.听下面一段独白，回答第12 至第15 四个小题.12. Who bought DVDs about Mickey Mouse for the girl?A. Her grandfather.B. Her grandmother.C. Her father.13. How many toys(玩具) about Mickey Mouse does she have?A. Twenty.B. Twenty-five.C. Thirty.14. Do you know how tall the girl is?A. 155cm.B. 165cm.C. 170cm.15. When will the girl visit Shanghai Disneyland?A. In January.B. In February.C. In June.第二部分阅读理解第一节阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C 和D) 中选出最佳选项.AIsabella Rose Taylor is quite busy. It's not because of homework or exams. She designs clothes by herself.She will sell those clothes across the US in the future.The Texan girl has loved making things since a young age. At the age of 3, she started painting and at the age of 8, she went to a sewing camp.Soon after, she started to make her own clothes. Her friends liked her designs and asked her to make clothes for them. This encouraged her to start selling her clothes at a local shop. At the age of 9,with the help of her parents, Isabella set up her own fashion brand named after herself.The brand is mainly for teenage girls. Isabella usually gets her design ideas from paintings, her travels and the world around her.“I want girls of my age to have clothes that truly show who they are. "she said.I sabella's future plan is to make her brand more popular. "I'll add something like accessories（配饰）and shoes”.She said.1. What is Isabella Rose Taylor busy doing?A. Doing her homeworkB. Preparing for her examC. Designing clothes.D. Leaning painting2. According to the story, Isabella .A. went to a sewing camp at age 3B. set up her own brand at age 9C. learned design from her parentsD. encouraged her friends to join her3. What is Isabella's future plan ?A. Make her brand more popularB. Drop out of school and start a companyC. Go to a design schoolD. Travel around the world【答案】1. C 2. B 3. A【解析】文章大意：这是一篇人物传记，叙述了伊莎贝拉·罗斯·泰勒的生平和创业经历.这位德州女孩从小就喜欢做东西.3岁时开始画画，8岁时，她去了一个缝纫营，不久之后，她开始自己做衣服.9岁那年，在父母的帮助下，伊莎贝拉创立了自己的时尚品牌，以自己的名字命名.伊莎贝拉的未来计划是让她的品牌更受欢迎. 【1题详解】细节理解题.根据第一段中的句子Isabella Rose Taylor is quite busy. It's not because of homework or exams. She designs clothes by herself. 伊莎贝拉·罗斯·泰勒很忙.不是因为家庭作业或考试.她自己设计衣服.短文第二段介绍rose创建了自己的服装品牌，设计服装，可知C为正确答案.【2题详解】细节理解题.根据第二段最后一句At the age of 9,with the help of her parents, Isabella set up her own fashion brand named after herself.可知，9岁那年，在父母的帮助下，伊莎贝拉创立了自己的时尚品牌，以自己的名字命名.故答案B正确.【3题详解】细节理解题.根据题目可以定位至文章最后一段第一句话Isabella's future plan is to make her brand more popular.可知，伊莎贝拉的未来计划是让她的品牌更受欢迎.故答案选A.BAfter hours of driving ,my wife Tara and I were so tired,but happy to finally get home . We put the car on the driveway and headed inside home .At seven o’clock in the morning,we opened the front door and found that the car was stolen ! We called thepolice .Afterwards ,all we could do was waiting for news .As time went by, Tara became very upset as she remembered many things in the car----our wedding album, family photos from past generations and my wallet ,just to name a few .Frustrated（沮丧的）,Tara asked me how I could stay calm .I said: “Honey, we can have a stolen car and be all upset, or we can have a stolen car and be happy. Either way, we have a stolen car. Why not be happy ?”Five days later ,our car was returned.As I drove it home ,I crashed into （撞上）another car ,which would cost around 3000 dollars to repair .I was sorry and upset for what I had done .I was sad .Then Tara arrived home .She put her arms around me and said, "Honey,we can have a wrecked （撞坏的）car and be upset ,or we can have a wrecked car and be happy .Either way ,we have a wrecked car ,so let's choose to be happy .”I looked at her and laughed happily .4. Why did the writer’s wife become sad after the case was lost ?A. they just bought the car .B. they couldn't go to meet their family.C. she didn't believe the police .D. many important things were in the car .5. Why could the writer stay calm ? Because________.A. he knew the car could come back some day .B. he thought it was not his fault .C. he thought it was no use feeling sad .D. he had enough money to buy a new car .6. What can we learn from the story ?A. The writer was too careless to lose his car .B. The writer was calm after crashing into another car .C. The writer’s wife felt angry about their wrec ked car .D. The writer and his wife encouraged each other to face losses.7. What does the passage mainly tell us ?A. Bad luck never comes alone ,so be ready for it .B. Be careful and there will be no wrecked cars .C. You can choose to be happy when bad things happen .D. Cars can be easily lost if you forget to lock them .【答案】4. D 5. C 6. D 7. C【解析】文章介绍了两件事情.第一件事是作者和妻子的车被偷走了，作者鼓励妻子要以积极开心的心态去面对，不要沮丧.第二件事是作者后来在回家的路上撞上了别的车并赔偿维修费，妻子给予作者鼓励并让他不要沮丧而要选择开心.【4题详解】细节理解题.定位到第三段Tara became very upset as she remembered many things in the car----our wedding album, family photos from past generations and my wallet ,just to name a few .可知被偷的车上有许多重要的东西，结婚纪念册，过去几代人的家庭照片，还有钱包等等.故答案选D.【5题详解】细节理解题.定位到第五段，根据句意可得知“丢失了一辆车，我们可以选择开心与不开心，为什么不选择开心呢？”故答案选C，A,B,D文章未提及.【6题详解】细节理解题.A选项文章未提及，B选项定位到第六、七两段I was sorry and upset for what I had done .I was sad .可知B中的calm错误；C选项定位到第七段妻子安慰我的话语中得知C错误，故答案选D.第一次是作者安慰妻子，第二次是妻子安慰作者.【7题详解】主旨大意题.文章通过介绍发生的两件事旨在说明无论发生什么都要选择以积极开心的心态去面对，保持乐观的态度，故答案选C.CI went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting with the English way of life. For example, you must say Mr or Mrs when you meet someone for the first time. When you get to know each other better or when they ask you to, you can just use their first names.One day, we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm. We ate sandwiches and a large fruit cake. In England, you usually drink tea with milk,too.Fish and chips is traditional food in England. You can buy it and eat it in special fish and chip shops on the high street, or you can take it away and eat it with your fingers! It is delicious!At the bus stop, you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line and wait your turn. Sometimes people are slow to get on the bus. Once I noticed a gentleman touch a young man on the shoulder, smile politely and say, “Excuse me! Are you waiting for this bus?” He was really polite.8. When you are invited for afternoon tea, you will have_________.A. a light mealB. teaC. just a drinkD. a big meal9. At the bus stop, it is important for you to _________.A. push your way onto the busB. jump onto the bus quicklyC. walk slowly to get on the busD. wait for your turn10. Which of the following is true according to the passage ?A. I went to England this year and noticed some ways of their life .B. In England ,I drank coffee with milk .C. You can't buy and eat fish and chips on the street .D. In England afternoon tea is about 4 pm.11. What is the best title of the passage ?A. How to travel in England ?B. The afternoon tea in England .C. My experience in England .D. The special food and drink in England .【答案】8. A 9. D 10. D 11. C【解析】本文讲述作者去年在英格兰度假期间观察到的英国的生活方式.分别从当地人第一次见面，喝下午茶，吃传统食物，在公交站上等几个方面描写了当地的生活方式与礼仪.【8题详解】细节理解题.根据One day, we visited some friends and had afternoon tea together. Afternoon tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm.我们看望了一些朋友并一起喝下午茶，在4点左右不只有饮品，还有一顿便餐.故选A.【9题详解】细节理解题.根据At the bus stop, you must not push your way onto the bus. You need to stand in a line and wait your turn. 在公共汽车站，你不能挤上公共汽车.你需要排队等候.因此说在公共汽车站，你必须按顺序上车，故答案选D.【10题详解】判断正误题.定位到Afternoon tea is not just a drink but a light meal at around 4 pm.大约4点，下午茶不只有饮品还有一顿便餐.故选D.【11题详解】标题归纳题.根据I went to England last year. I enjoyed my stay, and I noticed something interesting ...可知，去年作者去了英国，并且观察到当地的生活方式与礼仪，也就是介绍了作者的经历.故选C.DOn the north coast of Brazil, scientists once found something very strange-lost penguins（企鹅）far from home!The scientists did not know why the penguins were lost. Perhaps a warm current（洋流）took them to the north.But penguins cannot live for long in the warmer waters of the north. It was time to save the penguins.Sadly though, some penguins were too sick to travel and some of them were dying. The scientists took the healthy birds and put them on a large plane. They flew to the south coast of Brazil. Many people came to watch the birds. But at first, the birds just looked at the water. Then some of the braver ones swam about in it. It was cold!It was good! And so they began the last part of their journey. People cheered loudly as the younger penguins started swimming behind the older ones. Together, they were on their way home at last.12. Where were the penguins when the scientists found them?A. In the waterB. Far from homeC. On a planeD. On the south coast of Brazil13. Why were the penguins far away from home?A. Scientists took them thereB. They swam thereC. Maybe the warm water carried them thereD. They flew there14. What did the scientists want to do?A. They wanted to make the penguins swim all the way homeB.They wanted to help the penguins get homeC. They wanted to take the penguins all back to BrazilD. They wanted to make the penguins go to different places 15. How did the younger penguins get back home at last? A. They swam behind the olde r B. They went by plane C. They swam in front of the older ones D. They went by boat 【答案】12. B 13. C 14. B 15. A【解析】短文大意：本文讲述了巴西南部海岸的企鹅迷路了，随着暖流漂到巴西的北部海岸，那里水温较高，不适合企鹅生存，在科学家们的帮助下，迷路的企鹅被空运到巴西南部海岸，成功地把它们送回了家园.【12题详解】细节理解题.根据文中句子On the north coast of Brazil, scientists once found something very strange-lost penguins （企鹅）far from home!可知科学家们是在企鹅远离家乡的时候发现它们的.故答案选B.【13题详解】细节理解题.根据文中句子Perhaps a warm current took them north.可知，也许是海洋暖流带它们北上而离开自己的家园的，故选C.【14题详解】细节理解题.根据文中句子Sadly though, some penguins were too sick to travel and some of them were dying. The scientists took the healthy birds and put them on a large plane. They flew to the south coast of Brazil.可知科学家将一些健康的企鹅带上飞往巴西南部海岸的飞机，经过一番努力，小企鹅跟着大企鹅向它们的家园游去.所以科学家在尝试着让企鹅回到自己的家园.答案选B.【15题详解】细节理解题.根据文中句子People cheered loudly as the younger penguins started swimming behind the older ones.可知当小企鹅们开始游在老企鹅身后时，人们大声欢呼起来，最终它们一起踏上了回家的路.故答案选A. 第二节阅读下面5小题的材料.请从A—F选项中选出符合各段意思的最佳选项.选项中有一项是多余选项.How to have a pleasant trip?Traveling is becoming more and more popular But how can we have a pleasant trip? Here are some tips for you._____16_____ Read up on the places of interest before you go, or pick up a guidebook(旅行指南) or audio guide when you're there. These things can teach you about the places of interest, and point out special things you might miss._____17_____ If you're visiting a natural place of interest, first find out whether you'll need good walking shoes or a raincoat. It's always a good idea to bring some food and water, too._____18_____ You may want to get very close to beautiful places or to pick a flower or two to take home with you. But remember, this can make future visitors not happy. Look for signs about what not to do, and when you are not sure, please don't touch!_____19_____ People want to see the places of interest, not your candy wrappers! If there are not many trash cans, bring a plastic bag with you to carry your rubbish._____20_____ For many places, it's a good idea to take pictures. But check whether you are allowed to take photos before you start taking pictures. Some special places don't like visitors to take photos.【答案】16. D17. F18. E19. A20. B【解析】本篇文章难度适中，主要讲述如何有一个愉快的旅行.包括了解这个地方；做好准备；不要触摸；攀爬和采摘、保持这个地方整洁以及注意区域是否允许拍照等.【16题详解】根据Read up on the places of interest before you go, or pick up a guidebook(旅行指南) or audio guide when you're there“在你去名胜古迹之前要研读这个地方，或者是当你在那里时，拿一本旅游指南或者语音讲解器”可知，表示要了解这个地方，故选D.【17题详解】根据If you're visiting a natural place of interest, first find out whether you'll need good walking shoes or a raincoat. It's always a good idea to bring some food and water, too“如果你要参观一些自然景观，首先要查明你是否需要好的休闲鞋或者一个外套.带一些食物和水也是好主意”可知，本段讲述要做好准备，故选F.【18题详解】根据You may want to get very close to beautiful places or to pick a flower or two to take home with you“你可能想要靠近美丽的地方或者采摘一两朵花随身带回家”以及Look for signs about what not to do, and when you are not sure, please don't touch“寻找关于不能做什么的标志，当你不清楚时，请不要触摸”可知，主要讲述遵守规则，不要摸、爬和采摘，故选E.【19题详解】。
最新人教版英语八年级上册《期末检测试卷》及答案解析
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题第一部分语言知识运用Ⅰ.单项选择1.I like playing____ piano and singing very much. I want to be musician like Liu Huan.A. the;aB. a;theC. an;the2.—Where is Linda? —She may be at home. But I’m not sure it.A. atB. aboutC. with3.Did you buy ?A. something specialB. anything specialC. special something4.—My New Year’s resolution is to travel to Qingdao.—.A. That sounds greatB.Sorry to hear thatC. Sure 5.—How often does he watch TV? —He watches TV. A. hard ever B. ever C. never 6.—does he want to be when he ? —He wants to be a computer programmer. A. What, grows up B. How, grows up C. What, grow up 7.Here are some vegetables. We have to . A. cut it up B. cut up them C. cut them up 8.Li Lei didn’t go to bed his mother came back last night. A. after B. until C. because 9. fine the weather is! A. What B. What a C. How10.—What is a resolution？—It’s.A. a promiseB. an actionC. a message11.My father goes to work on foot because our house is his officeA. far fromB. close toC. the same as12.—Can you go to the zoo with me?—I have to look after my little brother.A. Yes, I’d love to.B. Why not?C. Sorry,I can’t.13.Look! There are two planes in the sky.A. flyB. flyingC. to fly14.Don’t play soccer in the street. It’s .A. easyB. boringC. dangerous15.There more robots in the future.A. wasB. is going to haveC. will be16.Bring Ms. Steen to the party telling her she can be surprised.A. without;thatB. with;soC. without;so that17.This car is expensive than that one.A. asB. muchC. more18.It usually Mum about half an hour to cook dinner.A. paysB. takesC. spends19.My mom will be unhappy if I TV too much.A. will watchB. watchC. is watching20. —Don’t keep water running when you wash hands.— __________.A. I hope so.B. I’m afraid notC. Sorry, I won’tⅡ.完形填空We live in the age(时代) of the computer. People___21___scientists, teachers, writers and even students use computers ___22___ all kinds of work. But more than 30 years ago, ___23___couldn’t do much. They werevery___24___and expensive. Very___25___people were interested in them and knew___26___to use them. Today computers are smaller and ___27___.But they can do a lot of work, many people like to use them. Somepeople___28___have them at home.Computers become very important because they can work___29___ than people and make fewer mistakes. Computers can____30____ people do a lot of work. Writers now use computers to____31____.____32____use them to help teaching. Students use them to ____33____. Computers can also remember what you____34____them. Computers are very useful and____35____. They are our friends. Do you want to have a computer?21. A. like B. as C. and22. A. do B. to do C. doing23. A. students B. scientists C. computers24. A. big B. small C. light25. A. few B. a few C. little26. A. what B. how C. who27. A. cheap B. cheaper C. more expensive28. A. even B. still C. already29. A. fast B. faster C. slow30. A. help B. make C. stop31. A. write B. play C. study32. A. Workers B. Doctors C. Teachers33. A. sing B. study C. dance34. A. put in B. put on C. put into35. A. interesting B. helpful C. funⅢ.用所给词的适当形式填空36. She plans___________ (study) for the English test this evening.37. Paul is very funny. He often makes us___________ (laugh).38. It’s important for us___________ (learn) Engl ish well.39. They are___________ (friend) to us.40. —Would you mind my___________ (sit) here?—Of course not.41. ___________ (play) ping-pong every day makes you healthy.42. Sam___________ (be) here half an hour ago.43. If you stay up late at night, you___________ (be) tired.44. It seems___________ (possible) that people can fly.45. How about___________ (go) for a walk after school?IV.情景交际选择方框中正确的选项补全对话，有一项多余.Peter: Do you know Lily, Sue?Sue: Yes, she’s my best friend.Peter: _______46_______Sue: Because she likes to do the same things as I do._______47_______Peter: Do you like playing table tennis, too?Sue: Yes, But I’m more a thletic than Lily. What about you, Peter?______48______ Peter: My best friend is Tony.Sue:_______49_______Peter: He is tall and has short hair.Sue:_______50_______Peter: Yes, Some people say that we look the same. But Tony is a little heavier than I.A. What does he look like?B. She likes playing table tennis.C. Why is she your best friend?D. Are you more athletic (健壮的) than Lily?E. Do you look the same?F. Who’s your best friend?用适当的词语或句子补全对话. A: I’m hungry! Let’s make fruit salad to eat. B: Good idea. ______51______ ? A: We need bananas, apples, and yogurt. B: _____52_____ ? A: Only one banana and three apples. B: _____53_____ ? A: Two cups. B: Right._____54_____ ? A: We also need a spoon.B: OK! Let’s begin.(In a few minutes.)B: Oh, the salad is great! I’m hungry, too. I can’t wait. _____55_____ !第二部分阅读理解V.阅读理解根据每段短文内容，从A到F中选出最佳答案，并将其字母标号填到题前括号内，每个选项只能用一次，有一项是多余的. 56.This new robot is called Twenty-one. It can look after babies and help people do housework. The inventor (发明者) Shigeki Sugano is watching this robot carefully.57. The name of the robot is Topio. He was developed in Japan in 2005. The coolest thing about Topio is that he can play table tennis with humans.58. Students in Anhui University make some robots. These robots act out many old Chinese plays.59. The robot can cook delicious food. People tasted the meal it cooked, and said it was delicious.60. Hi, my name is Ifbot. I can smile and I can blink(眨眼睛). I can speak like a 5-year-old kid. Believe it or not, I can read your expressions(表情)！Smile at me, please.Choose the best topic from A to F according to the meaning of each paragraph.Tom and Mike were good friends. Sometimes they were kind to each other, sometimes they were not. But some of their classmates said they were like brothers. One day they went out for a walk together. At noon they were very hungry and they went into a restaurant to have lunch. The waiter came up to them and asked, “What can I do for you?” “Please bring us two hamburgers first,” said Tom. When the waiter put the two hamburgers o n the table, Mike took the bigger one at once. Tom got angry. “You are impolite(不礼貌的). Why didn’t you take the smaller one?” Tom said. “But I was right,” said Mike with a smile. “If I let you take first, which one will you choose?” “Of course I’ll take the smaller one,” said Tom. “Yes,” Mike said. “If you take the smaller one, the bigger one will be mine. Don’t you think so” “Oh.” Tom couldn’t answer.根据短文内容，判断正（T）、误（F）61. Tom and Mike were not kind to each other.62. They went out to sit in a restaurant.63. The waiter brought them two hamburgers.64. Mike took the bigger hamburger.65. At last Tom had the bigger hamburger.Welcome to our school. You can do a lot of things here. Come and join us.Time table根据表格内容，选择正确答案.66. You may have a chance to introduce your inventions on .A. MondayB. SundayC. Wednesday67. The person who teaches computer science is from .A. CanadaB. AustraliaC. America68. You may learn something about some medicine from .A. Dr. WestB. Mr. MorisonC. Mrs. Green69. If you want to learn something about stars, you can go to the class from .A. 8:30 to 11:30 on SundayB. 19:00 to 21:00 on MondayC. 18:30 to 21:00 on Friday70. If you want to learn to use Windows 8, you should go to the class on .A. FridayB. WednesdayC. MondayMany teenagers feel that the most important people in their lives are friends. They believe that in their family it is quite often for brothers and sisters to fight with each other and then they can only go to their friends for help.It is very important for teenagers to have one good friend or a few friends. Even when they are not with their friends, they usually spend a lot of time talking with them on the phone. This is very important in children’s growing up because friends can discuss something that is difficult to say to their family members.But parents often try to c hoose their children’s friends for them. Some parents don’t let their children meet their good friends. The question of“choosing friends” is an interesting one. Do you think of the following questions?Who chooses your friends?Do you choose your friends or your friends choose you?Do you have a good friend your parents don’t like?Your answers are welcome.根据短文内容填空，每空一词.Many teenagers think their friends know them___71___than their parents do. When they have problems, they will___72___their friends for help. Even when teenagers stay by themselves, it will take them a longtime___73___talk with the friends on the phone.___74___, some parents are worried about their children. They even make their children not___75___their good friends. Welcome all your answers about choosing friends.Many people in China know about Celine Dion, the famous Canadian pop singer. She sang the song “My Heart Will Go On.” for the movie Titanic. But do you know she had already become popular before she sang this song?Celine Dion was born in a small town in Montreal Quebec, Canada. She is the youngest of fourteen children in a musical family. The family members formed(组成) a singing group. They traveled and played folk music. They were well known in their hometown. Celine’s mother wrote her first song for her, and she recorded the song with her brother at the age of twelve. Rene Angeli, a local rock manager, was very interested in them. He asked Mrs. Dion and her two children to come to his office. Later on, he gave strong support for Celine. In 1994, they were married.As a singing star, Celine Dion received many prizes and soon became popular all over the world. She sang at the opening of the 1996 Olympic Games in Atlanta, USA. In 1997, she hit whole with the song “My Heart Will Go On.”根据短文内容，回答下列问题.76. Which country does Celine Dion come from?__________________________________________________________________77How many brothers and sisters does Celine Dion have?__________________________________________________________________78. Did Celine sing at the opening of the 1996 Olympic Games in Atlanta?__________________________________________________________________79. Who wrote the first song for her?__________________________________________________________________80. Whe n did she sing the song “My Heart Will Go On”?____________________________________________________________________第三部分书面表达VI.题81.你将来想成为一名……，为了实现这个理想，你应该怎么做？请以“My Dream Job”为题写一篇40词左右的小短文.My Dream Job82.假如你是Mike，你的好朋友Lisa邀请你星期六参加她的生日聚会，但你有很多事情要做.请根据下面的提示，写一封回信，告诉她你不能参加聚会的原因.注意书信的格式和时态的正确使用，80词左右.（开头和结尾已给出，不计入总词数）写作提示：1、上午：做作业，准备英语考试；2、下午：照顾奶奶，做家务；3、晚上：上吉他课.Dear Lisa, Thanks for your invitation.Yours, Mike答案与解析第一部分语言知识运用Ⅰ.单项选择1.I like playing____ piano and singing very much. I want to be musician like Liu Huan.A. the;aB. a;theC. an;the【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：我非常喜欢弹钢琴和唱歌.我想成为像刘欢这样的音乐家.考查冠词.演奏某种乐器前使用定冠词the，可知第一句填the.表示泛指使用不定冠词(a/an)，a用于辅音音素开头的可数名词单数前，an用于元音音素开头的可数名词单数前，本句表示泛指，意思是“一名音乐家”，musician是辅音音素开头，可知使用不定冠词a.故选A.【点睛】冠词是虚词，本身不能单独使用，也没有词义，它用在名词的前面，帮助指明名词的含义.英语中的冠词有三种：定冠词、不定冠词、零冠词.（一）不定冠词a(an)与数词one同源，是"一个"的意思，用在可数名词单数前，a用于辅音音素开头的可数名词单数前，an则用于元音音素开头的可数名词单数前.不定冠词可表示泛指，指某类事物中的一个，意思是“一个/只…”，也用于一些固定词组中.例如，He is a teacher.( 某类事物中的一个) an hour（一个…）have a rest（固定词组）.（二）定冠词的用法：（1）特指某（些）人或某（些）事物.（2）指双方都知道的人或事物,例如：Open the door, please. （3）指上文提到的人或事物.（4）用在世界上独一无二的事物前.例如：The sun is bigger than the moon.太阳比月亮大些.（5）用在序数词和形容词最高级前.例如：The first island is the biggest of the three.第一个小岛是三个中最大的.（6）乐器前用定冠词the，例如，play the guitar：弹吉他.（7）用在形容词前表示一类人，the +形容词指的是一群人，是一种复数含义，所以其后动词应用复数形式.例如：The old are sick.（8）用于一些固定短语中，如the Great Wall：长城；the United States of America：美国.（三）零冠词的用法，就是不用冠词的情况.1) 国名，人名前通常不用定冠词：England, Mary.2) 不可数名词和复数名词表示泛指时，表示一类人或事物时，可不用冠词；They are teachers. 他们是教师.Failure is the mother of success. 失败乃成功之母.3) 在季节、月份、节日、假日、日期、星期等表示时间的名词之前，不加冠词；We go to school from Monday to Friday. 我们从星期一到星期五都上课.4) 在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前，不加冠词；如：have breakfast, play chess.5) 当by与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方式时，中间无冠词；by bus, by train；6) 固定短语，如：go to hospital去医院看病；at home, in class, go to bed等.2.—Where is Linda? —She may be at home. But I’m not sure it.A. atB. aboutC. with【答案】B【解析】【分析】考点：考查介词搭配.【详解】试题分析：句意：——琳达在哪里？——她可能在家里.但是我不确定.be sure about sth对某事确定.故选B.3.Did you buy ?A. something specialB. anything specialC. special something【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：你买了什么特别的吗？考查不定代词和定语后置.形容词修饰不定代词要后置，可知排除C；something：某事物，一般用于肯定句或表示特殊语气的一般疑问句中（一般含有情态动词）；anything：任何事物，一般用于疑问句和否定句中.本句是疑问句，可知填anything special；故选B.4.—My New Year’s resolution is to travel to Qingdao.—.A. That sounds greatB. Sorry to hear thatC. Sure【答案】A【解析】【分析】考点：考查情景交际.【详解】试题分析：句意：——我的新年的决心就是去青岛旅行.——听起来很好.A. That sounds great听起来很好；B. Sorry to hear that听到那件事我很难过；C. Sure当然可以.根据句意，故选A.5.—How often does he watch TV?—He watches TV.A. hard everB. everC. never【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——他多长时间看一次电视？——他从来不看电视.考查频度副词.hardly ever几乎从不，很少，没有hard ever这个词组，排除；ever (用于否定句和疑问句，或与if连用的句子)在任何时候，从来，曾经，本句没有否定词，也不是疑问句或if连用的句子，排除；never 从不，绝不；故选C.6.—does he want to be when he ?—He wants to be a computer programmer.A. What, grows upB. How, grows upC. What, grow up【答案】A【解析】【分析】考点：考查疑问词及动词时态.【详解】试题分析：句意：他长大后，想要做什么？——他想要成为一个电脑编程员.what什么，how怎样，根据句意可知做什么，排除B；根据根据从句的主语he单三，谓语动词用单数形式；故选A.7.Here are some vegetables. We have to .A. cut it upB. cut up themC. cut them up【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：这是一些蔬菜.我们得把它们切碎.考查动词短语和代词.cut up：切碎，up是副词，当接代词it/them时，需放在cup和up中间，可知排除B；指代词前文vegetables复数需用them，故填cut them up，选C.8.Li Lei didn’t go to bed his mother came back last night.A. afterB. untilC. because【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：李雷昨晚直到他妈妈回来才睡觉.考查连词辨析.after在……以后；until：直到；because因为.连词短语not…until：直到……才……；结合句意可知选B.9. fine the weather is!A. WhatB. What aC. How【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：天气多好啊！考查感叹句.英语感叹句由what和how引导，what后面跟名词，how后面跟形容词或副词.具体构成如下：（1）what + a/an+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！（2）what +形容词+不可数名词或可数名词复数+主语+谓语！（3）how+形容词或副词+主语+谓语！本句的中心词fine是形容词，the weather是主语，is是谓语，可知用how引导此感叹句；故选C.10.—What is a resolution？—It’s.A. a promiseB. an actionC. a message【答案】A【解析】【分析】考点：考查名词词义辨析.【详解】试题分析：句意：——什么是决心？——是承诺的意思.promise承诺，决心；action行为；message信息；根据句意，故选A.11.My father goes to work on foot because our house is his officeA. far fromB. close toC. the same as【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：我父亲步行去上班，因为我们的房子离他的办公室很近.考查形容词短语.be far from：离……远，远离……；be close to：接近于，靠近；the same as：像……一样，与……相同.根据上文“我父亲步行去上班”可知“我们的房子离他的办公室很近.”故选B.12.—Can you go to the zoo with me?—I have to look after my little brother.A. Yes, I’d love t o.B. Why not?C. Sorry,I can’t.【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——你能和我一起去动物园吗？——对不起，我不能.我得照顾我弟弟.考查情景交际.Yes, I’d love to.：好的，我很乐意；Why not? 为什么不呢；Sorry,I can’t. 对不起，我不能.本句Can you go to the zoo with me?表示邀请，肯定回答是Yes/Sure, I’d love to.否定回答是Sorry,I can’t..根据下文“我得照顾我弟弟.”可知是否定回答，故选C.13.Look! There are two planes in the sky.A. flyB. flyingC. to fly【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：看！有两架飞机在空中飞行.考查固定句型.fly动词原形；flying动名词或现在分词形式；to fly动词不定式.句型there be sth. doing sth.：有某物正在做某事，现在分词（doing sth.）在句中做后置定语，修饰前面的名词；故选B.14.Don’t play soccer in the street. It’s .A. easyB. boringC. dangerous【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：不要在街上踢足球.很危险.考查形容词辨析.easy 容易的；boring没趣的，无聊的；dangerous危险的.根据常识可知“在街上踢足球很危险”，故选C.15.There more robots in the future.A. wasB. is going to haveC. will be【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：将来会有更多的机器人.考查there be句型的一般将来时.根据in the future可知此句时态是一般将来时，A是一般过去时，排除；本句表达将来有某物，可知使用there be句型，there be 句型的一般将来时是there is/are going to be或will be；故选C.【点睛】There be句型一般将来时表示将来某地会有某人或某物.(一)其结构形式是：（1）there will （not）+ be +名词+(介词短语).(2)there is/are (not) +going to be +名词+(介词短语).例如，There is going to be a match tomorrow./There will be a match tomorrow. /There are going to be two matches tomorrow.（二）一般疑问句把is/are/will提前；肯定回答是Yes, there is/ are; Yes,there will;否定回答：No，there isn’t/aren’t; No, there won’t..例如，Is there going to be a match tomorrow? Yes, there is. /No, there isn’t.16.Bring Ms. Steen to the party telling her she can be surprised.A. without;thatB. with;soC. without;so that【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：把斯汀女士带到聚会上，不要告诉她，这样她会感到惊讶的.考查介词辨析和结果状语从句.with：拥有，带有；without：没有；根据常识“把某人带到聚会上，不要告诉她，她才会感到惊讶”，可知第一个空填without，without doing sth.：不做某事，排除B.that引导陈述句的宾语从句；so因此，并列连词，表示因果关系，连接并列句；so that：为了，以便，这样，引导目的状语从句；根据句意可知后句表示目的，故选C.17.This car is expensive than that one.A. asB. muchC. more【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：这辆车比那辆贵.考查形容词比较级.根据than可知此句使用比较级；expensive是多音节形容词，其比较级是more expensive；故选C.【点睛】形容词比较级的用法：1．同级比较：两个比较对象程度相同时，用“as+形容词原级+as的结构”，例如：（1）Tom is as tall as his brother.（2）My hair is as long as mine.在这两种结构中，第一个as是副词，而第二个as是连词；在第二个as的后面接名词、句子或代词的主格（一般不要接代词的宾格）.例如：（1）His bedroom is not as big as his sister's.（2）It is not so hot as yesterday.2.在比较级+ than的结构前可以加上某些副词类的词，以对其进行修饰，如：far（远），even（甚至），much （许多），still（更，还），a lot（许多），a little / bit（一点），rather（相当地），等等.例如：She’s a little more outgoing than me.3.比较级中的两个特殊作用的结构是：① The + 比较级+ 句子，the + 比较级+ 句子.它表示的意义是"越（怎么样就）越（怎么样）"，在这个结构中的两个"比较级"不要求一定词性相同，它们各自的词性要依句子的需要而定.例如：（1）The harder you work at your study, the better grades you will have. 你学习越努力，你的成绩就越好.（2）The more we get together, the happier we’ll be.朋友越多，我们就越高兴.②比较级+ and + 比较级.它表示的意义是"越来越（怎么样）"，在这个结构中的两个"比较级"则要求词性相同.例如：（1）Our country becomes more and more beautiful. （2）When spring comes, the weather is warmer and warmer.4.比较对象中一方不及另一方时，用“not as(so)+形容词原级+as ”或“less+形容词原级+ than”的结构.例如：He is not as careful as his sister. = He is less careful than his sister. =His sister is more careful than he.5.在两者之中选择“较为……”的一个，比较级之前加the.例如：（1）Amy is the taller of the two girls. （2）Of the two books, the one on the right is the better.18.It usually Mum about half an hour to cook dinner.A. paysB. takesC. spends【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：妈妈做晚饭通常要半个小时.考查动词辨析.pay：付款，pay sm. for sth.：买某物付了多少钱，主语是人；take：花费（时间），句型It takes sb. st. to do sth.：花费某人多长时间做某事；spend花费，度过，主语一般是人，spend st./sm. doing sth.或spend st./sm. on sth.：花费时间/金钱做某事.故选B.19.My mom will be unhappy if I TV too much.A. will watchB. watchC. is watching【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：如果我看太多电视，我妈妈会不高兴的.考查句子时态和条件状语从句.will watch：一般将来时；watch：一般现在时；is watching：现在进行时.条件状语从句的主从句时态遵循“主将从现”，即主句使用一般将来时，从句使用一般现在时.故选B.20. —Don’t keep water running when you wash hands.— __________.A. I hope so.B. I’m afraid notC. Sorry, I won’t【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——当你洗手的时候，不要让水一直流着.——对不起，我不啦.I hope so希望如此；I’m afraid not恐怕不能；Sorry, I won’t对不起，我不啦.所以选C.Ⅱ.完形填空We live in the age(时代) of the computer. People___21___scientists, teachers, writers and even students use computers ___22___ all kinds of work. But more than 30 years ago, ___23___couldn’t do much. They werevery___24___and expensive. Very___25___people were interested in them and knew___26___to use them. Today computers are smaller and ___27___.But they can do a lot of work, many people like to use them. Somepeople___28___have them at home.Computers become very important because they can work___29___ than people and make fewer mistakes. Computers can____30____ people do a lot of work. Writers now use computers to____31____.____32____use them to help teaching. Students use them to ____33____. Computers can also remember what you____34____them. Computers are very useful and____35____. They are our friends. Do you want to have a computer?21. A. like B. as C. and22. A. do B. to do C. doing23. A. students B. scientists C. computers24. A. big B. small C. light25. A. few B. a few C. little26. A. what B. how C. who27. A. cheap B. cheaper C. more expensive28. A. even B. still C. already29. A. fast B. faster C. slow30. A. help B. make C. stop31. A. write B. play C. study32. A. Workers B. Doctors C. Teachers33. A. sing B. study C. dance34. A. put in B. put on C. put into35. A. interesting B. helpful C. fun【答案】21. A 22. B 23. C 24. A 25. A 26. B 27. B 28. A 29. B 30. A 31.A 32. C 33.B 34.C 35. B【解析】本文讲述了我们生活在计算机时代.人们用电脑做各种各样的工作.计算机变得非常重要.计算机可以帮助人们做很多工作.【21题详解】句意：像科学家、教师、作家甚至学生这样的人用电脑做各种各样的工作.考查介词辨析.like 像，用来列举同类人或事物中的几个例子，说明前面的名词；as 作为；and 和，而且.故选A . 【22题详解】句意：像科学家、教师、作家甚至学生这样的人用电脑做各种各样的工作. 考查动词不定式做宾语补足语.短语use sth. to do sth.：使用某物做某事；故选B . 【23题详解】句意：但30多年前，电脑做不了什么.考查名词辨析.students 学生；scientists 科学家；computers 计算机，电脑.根据上文“像科学家、教师、作家甚至学生这样的人用电脑做各种各样的工作.”和转折词but ，可知此句句意是：但30多年前，电脑做不了什么.故选C . 【24题详解】 句意：它们又大又贵.考查形容词辨析.big 大；small 小；light 轻.根据下文“Today computers are smaller and ___7___.”可知30多年前的电脑又大又贵.故选A . 【25题详解】句意：很少有人对它们感兴趣和知道如何使用它们.考查形容词辨析。
人教版八年级上学期英语《期末测试卷》及答案解析
16. A. wroteB. putC. turnedD. write
17. A. friendB. brotherC. teacherD. sister
18. A. feltB. turnedC. becameD. get
22.Who got bad grades in the exams last term？
A.Richard.B.Wu Min.C.Alice.D.Yuki.
23.Where’s Yuki from？
A.The U.S.A.B.China.C.England.D.Japan.
9.—I think the weather here is too bad.
—You’ll get used to _______ here soon.
A. livingB. to liveC. liveD. lived
10.—Not only Xiao Hong but also Da Weiwell in math.
6. A. Computer. B. Silk. C. Shanghai.
7. A. Never mind! B. Bad luck! C. Well done!
8. A. Of course not. B. I agree with you. C. Yes，I’d love to.
9. A. It’s a pleasure. B. That’s right. C. Sure，go ahead.
—Yuki，from Japan
根据材料内容选择最佳答案。
21.What is Richard’s plan？
最新人教版英语八年级上册《期末检测试题》及答案解析
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题一．单项选择1.I am going to be _____astronaut when I grow up. And I will fly rockets to ______ moon.A. an;aB. a;/C. an; the2.I have to prepare _____ my math test _____Friday afternoon.A. at;onB. on; inC. for; on3. There _______ an English Party in our class next week.A. is going to haveB. is going to beC. will have4.—_____ fine weather it is! —Yes. Look! _______many people are walking around the park.A. What; SoB. How; SuchC. What a; Such5.The little girl didn't stop crying________she found a toy bear.A. becauseB. untilC. after6.Mary____ some flowers yesterday, but she didn't _____ them.A. received; acceptB. receive; acceptedC. accepted; received7.I have_____to tell you.A. anything elseB. other elseC. something else8.The ____ you eat, the ____ you will be.A. more healthily, more healthilyB. more healthily, healthierC. healthier, more healthily9._______students come from China.A. Half ofB. The halfC. Half the10.I also keep _____ the story ____English about my daily life.A. to write;inB. to write;withC. writing; in11.In Singapore, people won't have problems _____ the food they like.A. getB. to getC. getting12.The most important thing is ____ something new and fun.A. to learnB. learntC. learns13.I don't know if they___ tomorrow. If they ___, I'll wait for them at home.A. come; comeB. will come; comeC. will come; will come14.David promised ____his daughter during summer holiday in JapanA. visitingB. visitC. to visit15.We are halfway to ____ the job.A. finishB. finishingC. finished16.You can get _________ on the Internet.A. much informationsB. many informationC. much information17.Nobody knows ____________ .A. where does Jimmy workB. where will Jimmy workC. where Jimmy works18.He is a popular writer. His new book will _______this September.A. come upB. come inC. come out19.As a friend, you can send a message to show___ you miss your old friend.A. how manyB. how oftenC. how much20.—_______________? —It is Monday the 29th.A. What day is it today?B. What's today?C. What's the date today?21.Drinking some milk before going to bed is the way ______ with your sleeping problem.A. to helpB. helpC. helping22.To save money, we have to ask_____ people to do _____ things.A. less, moreB. fewer, moreC. more, fewer23.Here is a banana, please_______.A. cut them upB. cut up itC. cut it up24.The basket _____ kinds of fruits.A. is filled withB. is full withC. is filled of25.—Could I borrow your dictionary? —Yes, of course you ________.A. willB. couldC. can二．完形填空Most of the students may think they have too much homework to do. So they don't have enough time ___26___ their parents do the housework. But I don't think so.Our parents are not only busy ___27___their own work but also busy with families and lives. They wouldlike___28___everything for us, but they never complain about(抱怨)anything. They are very tired every day. I think we should___29___our parents and we also have duty(责任) to work for our families.Studying knowledge at school is important, but learning from the___30___life is also very important. Our parents can't stay with us and___31___us all the time. We should begin with the little things, for example, making the bed, washing clothes, doing the dishes and cooking for ourselves. If you don't help your parents do any housework, you will meet many difficulties___32___you leave your parents. So we should know that helping parents do the housework is good for____33____. ___34___ the housework can help our parents.It can ____35____help ourselves. So I think we should help our parents.26. A. to help B. helping C. help27. A. for B. with C. at28. A. doing B. do C. to do29. A. understand B. learn C. prepare30. A. real B. true C. right31. A. look for B. look after C. look at32. A. after B. before C. behind33. A. our B. we C. us34. A. Do B. Doing C. Did35. A. also B. however C. therefore三．情景交际A从A—F 选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项补全对话.A:Hello,this is Mary speaking._______36_______B:This is Andy. What's up?A:_______37_______B:What is it about?A:_____38_____ You know our environment is getting worse and worse.We should do something for it.B:______39______When shall the activity start?A:________40________B:OK.Bye—bye.A:Bye.A. There is going to be an activity this afternoon.B. It is about how to protect our environment.C. At 13:00.D. May I speak to Andy?E. I can't stand it.F. I agree with you.B填入适当的句子补全对话A:Hi,Jane! Can you go to the zoo with me this Saturday?B:___________41___________.A:That is too bad. What are you going to do?B:I will have a party this Saturday.___________42___________? A:Yes,I 'd love to.B:____________43____________?A:Yes, I 'm good at cooking.B:That 's great!A:___________44___________?B: Some of my friends will come to the party.A:When should I come?B:How about 4:00 in the afternoon? The party starts at 6:00.A:No problem._________45_________.B:You are welcome.四．根据句意及首字母提示完成句子46. Without your help, I can't s______ the problem by myself.47.Can you give us some a_______ on how to learn English well? 48. To his s______, his father agreed with him to watch the football match together. 49. Can you come to the o_______ of the new library in the school?50. Problems and worries are n______ in life.五．用所给单词的适当形式填空51. A watch ______(hang) on the wall half an hour ago .52. He is a police offer with _____ and he has a lot of strange ______(experience).53. My teacher advised us ______(finish) the exercises.54. You can see that there are many planes ______（fly）in the sky.55. He refuses_____(eat) sweet food.56. He took my books without______(tell) me.57. Getting a high mark in the exam seems a bit hard for us. But we can try different ways we can think of _____ (make) it.58. Mary always does her homework ______(care). So she makes a few mistakes in homework.59. I can teach you how to make ______(Russia) soup.60. I look forward to _____(have) a class meeting.六．句型转换61. They succeeded finally .(改为同义句）They succeeded_______ _______.62. My mother didn't get a letter from her sister.（改为同义句）My mother didn't ______ _______ her sister.63. They will finish the work in a week.（对划线部分提问）____ _____ will they finish the work?64. Pour the milk into the blender.(改为否定句）_______ ______ the milk into the blender.65. I shall stay two more months .(改为同义句）I shall stay _____ _____ months.七．阅读理解A66. If you want to buy a sweater, you should go to_________.A. Ball HouseB. Sally's SaleC. Skate Club67. Jack wants to see the movie Avengers: Endgame with 13—year—old daughter.The ticket will cost ______.A. $ 40B. $ 30C. $ 6068. You can go to the Skate Club __________.A. on MondayB. on WednesdayC. on Saturday69. If Sam wants to take part in basketball game,he should go to__________.A. 12 First StreetB. 21 Hilltop StreetC. 55 Middle Street70. From the four advertisements,we can learn that___________.A. Skate Club provides(提供）skates for players.B. we can send e—mails to Mr.Johnson for information about Balls CompetitionC. if a coat was $100 at Sally's Sale before, you can only spend $50 on Children's DayBOne day Mr. Smith went to a dinner party. He was wearing very old clothes. He came into the room, but people in the room didn't look at him. They didn't ask him to sit at the table. He wasn't happy. But he said nothing. Mr Smith went home quickly and put on his best clothes. He went back to the party. Everyone in the room stood up and looked at him. They gave him good food to eat. Mr. Smith took off his coat, and put it on the food and said “Eat, coat!”The other people were surprised and asked,“ What are you doing? Why do you do that?” Mr. Smith answered, “I am asking my coat to eat food. When I wore old clothes, you didn't ask me to sit down. Now I am wearing these nice clothes. And you give me good food. Now see, you give the food to my coat, not to me.”根据短文内容，选择最佳答案. 71.One day Mr. Smith went to ______________. A. a birthday party B. a dinner party C. an English party 72. When he came into the room, the people didn't look at him. Why? A. Because the people didn't ask him to come B. Because Mr. Smith wore old clothes C. Because Mr. Smith didn't say hello to them first 73. Why did he go home quickly ? A. Because he didn't want to stay there. B. Because he went home for his best clothes C. Because he didn't like the food there 74. What 's the meaning of “at the table ” in Chinese?A. 在桌子旁 B. 在吃饭 C. 在桌子上75. Which statement is right? A. A person in good clothes should eat good food. B. Mr Smith is stupid(愚蠢的）. C. We can't judge(判断) a man by his clothes. C Mr. Hand began his trip in France last Saturday. Three days later when he was traveling in the country by car, he saw a dog behind a thin man. As the car came near them, the dog suddenly started to cross the street and it was hit(撞）by the car and died. Mr. Hand stopped his car and walked to the thin man. “I am very sorry to hit your dog,” he said.“How much should I pay ? Will ten dollars be enough?”“Oh, yes” said the thin man. Mr. Hand put his hand into his pocket, but he only found five dollars in the pocket. “Sorry, sir, I have only five dollars,” said Mr. Hand .“That's all right. Five dollars is also OK ,” the man answered .“Thanks a lot .” It is very kind of you,” Mr. Hand thanks the man and drove away.After the car went away, the man looked down at the dog and said to himself, “Whose dog is it?”根据短文内容，判断正（T）误（F）76. Mr. Hand took a trip in Japan.77. The dog may be hit this Thursday.78. At first,Mr. Hand wanted to pay five dollars for the dog . 79. Mr. Hand gave the thin man five dollars at last because he thought five dollars was enough.80. The thin man wasn't the dog's owner( 主人）.D Mr.Brown retired(退休）two years ago. His son bought a fish tank(鱼缸) with about fifty goldfish(金鱼)in it for him. Mr. Brown liked the goldfish very much and he took good care of them. He often told his friends about his goldfish and they often went to see them. Mr. Brown was very happy.One night, a cat ate some of his goldfish. Mr. Brown tried to catch it, but he couldn't. He had to sleep near the fish tank and he couldn't sleep well. He was very tired. He asked one o f his friends, “Where can I buy a shark(鲨鱼)?”“A shark?” asked his friend. “What do you want to have it for?”“I want to teach the cat a lesson!（教训）”81. How many goldfish did Mr. Brown's son buy for him?__________________________________________82. Who often came to see Mr. Brown's goldfish?__________________________________________83. What happened to Mr. Brown's goldfish one night?___________________________________________84. Did Mr. Brown's sleep well near the fish tank?____________________________________________85. Why did Mr. Brown want to buy a shark?_____________________________________________八.书面表达86.你对你的将来有什么打算？你有哪些理想？为了实现自己的理想，你应该怎么做？请以“My Dream Job”为题，写一篇英语短文.要求：1. 词数在80-100词之间2. 字迹工整,语法正确，意思连贯，合乎逻辑，可适当发挥.My Dream Job答案与解析一．单项选择1.I am going to be _____astronaut when I grow up. And I will fly rockets to ______ moon.A. an;aB. a;/C. an; the【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：当我长大的时候我想成为一名宇航员.我将会向月球发射火箭.考查冠词辨析.a和an是不定冠词，修饰可数名词单数，表示泛指一个……；an用于元音音素前；the是定冠词，修饰名词，表示特指.根据句意可知，第一个空表示泛指“一名宇航员”，且astronaut是元音音素开头，用an修饰；第二个空后moon是“月球”，在独一无二的事物前应加定冠词.故选C.2.I have to prepare _____ my math test _____Friday afternoon.A. at;onB. on; inC. for; on【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：星期五下午我必须为数学考试做准备.考查介词辨析.at后跟时间点；on在具体一天；for为了，因为；in泛指在上午、下午、晚上；年代、月份前.第一个空是固定搭配prepare for…为……做准备；第二个空后是具体一天的下午，应用介词on.故选C.3. There _______ an English Party in our class next week.A. is going to haveB. is going to beC. will have【答案】B【解析】试题分析：There be句型表示“某地(或某时)存在有某人(或某物)，而并非某地(某人、某物或某时)拥有什么东西”，句中有若干个名词作主语，动词be常与后面主语中的第一个名词在数上一致.have一般表示某人有某物.句意：下周我们班要举行一次英语晚会.结合语境可知本句表示某地有某物,故用there be句型,选B.考点：考查there be句型及时态.4.—_____ fine weather it is! —Yes. Look! _______many people are walking around the park.A. What; SoB. How; SuchC. What a; Such【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：多么好的天气啊！是的，看！那么多人在公园周围散步.考查感叹句以及副词.第一句话是感叹句，句中weather是不可数名词，应用What引导，句型是：What+形容词+不可数名词+主语+谓语；so如此，修饰形容词或副词；such如此，修饰名词.当修饰表示数量的many, much, little, few时，应用so.故选A.【点睛】感叹句句型：What a/an+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语；What+形容词+不可数名词或可数名词复数+主语+谓语；How+形容词或副词+主语+谓语；How+形容词+a/an+可数名词单数+主语+谓语.5.The little girl didn't stop crying________she found a toy bear.A. becauseB. untilC. after【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：这个小女孩直到找到了玩具熊才停止哭泣.考查连词辨析.because 因为，引导原因状语从句；until直到……时候；after在……之后.根据句意可知，这句话中考查了not…until…句型，意为“直到……时候，才……”.故选B.6.Mary____ some flowers yesterday, but she didn't _____ them.A. received; acceptB. receive; acceptedC. accepted; received【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：昨天Mary收到了一些花，但是她没有接受它们.考查动词辨析.received收到，指客观上收到某物；accepted接受，指主观上接受某物.根据句意可知，Mary 收到花是客观事实，而主观上并不想要，不接受，故第一个空用receive，且用过去式；第二个空用accept，空前有didn’t，用动词原形.故选A.7.I have_____to tell you.A. anything elseB. other elseC. something else【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：我还有别的事要告诉你.考查不定代词.anything else其他任何事；other else形式错误；something else其他的事.else是形容词，修饰不定代词，应放在不定代词的后面；这是一个肯定句，应用something，anything用于否定句或疑问句中.故选C.8.The ____ you eat, the ____ you will be. A. more healthily, more healthily B. more healthily, healthier C. healthier, more healthily 【答案】B 【解析】【详解】句意：你吃得越健康，你就会更健康.考查形容词比较级.more healthily 更健康地，副词比较级；healthier 更健康的，形容词比较级.这句话使用了句型the +比较级，the+比较级，表示“越……，就越……”，两个空都要用比较级形式.根据句子结构可知，第一个空修饰动词eat ，应用副词；第二个空在be 后作表语，应用形容词.故选B . 9._______students come from China. A. Half of B. The halfC. Half the【答案】C 【解析】【详解】句意：一半的学生来自中国.考查代词辨析.Half 一半，常用于half of+ the +名词，表示“……中的一半”，或half +the+名词.A 选项后确定冠词the ；B 选项没有of .故选C .10.I also keep _____ the story ____English about my daily life. A. to write;in B. to write;withC. writing; in【答案】C 【解析】【详解】句意：我也一直用英语写关于我日常生活的故事.考查非谓语动词及介词.to write 动词不定式；writing 动名词或现在分词形式；in 用某种语言；with 后跟工具.句中谓语动词为keep ，常用于句型keep doing sth.“一直做某事”，应用动名词作宾语；in English“用英语”.故选C .11.In Singapore, people won't have problems _____ the food they like. A. get B. to getC. getting【答案】C 【解析】【详解】句意：在新加坡，人们在得到他们喜欢的食物上没有困难.考查非谓语动词.get 得到，动词原形；to get 动词不定式；getting 动名词或现在分词形式.这句话中使用了句型have problems (in) doing sth.“做某事有困难”，这里应用动名词作宾语.故选C.12.The most important thing is ____ something new and fun.A. to learnB. learntC. learns【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：最重要的事情是学习一些新的、有趣的东西.考查非谓语动词.to learn学习，学会，动词不定式；learnt是learn的过去式或过去分词形式；learns第三人称单数.根据句子结构可知，该空在句中作表语，应用动词不定式形式.故选A.13.I don't know if they___ tomorrow. If they ___, I'll wait for them at home.A. come; comeB. will come; comeC. will come; will come【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：我不知道他们明天是否会来.如果他们来，我会在家等他们.考查动词时态.come来，动词原形；will come一般将来时.根据句意可知，第一句话中if引导宾语从句，意为“是否”，从句中有tomorrow表示将来的动作，应用一般将来时态；第二句话中if意为“如果”，引导条件状语从句，从句中用一般现在时，主句用一般将来时.故选B.14.David promised ____his daughter during summer holiday in JapanA. visitingB. visitC. to visit【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：David承诺在暑假的时候去看望他在日本的女儿.考查非谓语动词.visiting动名词或现在分词；visit动词原形；to visit 动词不定式.句中谓语动词为promised，常用于句型promise to do sth.“承诺去做某事”.故选C.15.We are halfway to ____ the job.A. finishB. finishingC. finished【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：我们已经完成工作的一半了.考查非谓语动词.finish完成，动词原形；finishing动名词或现在分词形式；finished过去式或过去分词形式.根据句意可知，这里考查了句型be halfway to…“完成了……的一半”，短语中to为介词，后跟名词或动名词形式.故选B.16.You can get _________ on the Internet.A. much informationsB. many informationC. much information【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：在因特网你可以获得很多信息.考查不可数名词.much informations形式错误，information是不可数名词，没有复数形式；many information 形式错误，many修饰可数名词；much修饰不可数名词.故选C.17.Nobody knows ____________ .A. where does Jimmy workB. where will Jimmy workC. where Jimmy works【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：没有人知道Jimmy在哪里工作.考查宾语从句.根据句子结构可知，该空是一个宾语从句，作动词knows的宾语.宾语从句中用陈述语序，A 和B两个选项都是疑问语序，可以排除.故选C.18.He is a popular writer. His new book will _______this September.A. come upB. come inC. come out【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：他是一个受欢迎的作家.他的新书将会在今年九月份出版.考查动词短语辨析.come up走近，发生，上升；come in进来；come out出来，出版.这句话的主语为His new book“他的新书”，因此这里应该为“出版”，故选C.19.As a friend, you can send a message to show___ you miss your old friend.A. how manyB. how oftenC. how much【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：作为朋友，你可以发消息来表明你有多么想念你的老朋友.考查宾语从句的引导词.how many多少，提问数量；how often多久一次，提问频率；how much多少；多么.根据句意可知，这里表示“多么想念”，应用how much.故选C.20.—_______________? —It is Monday the 29th.A. What day is it today?B. What's today?C. What's the date today?【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：——今天几号星期几？——今天29号，星期一.考查情景交际.What day is it today?今天星期几？What’s today?今天几号星期几？What’s the date today?今天几号？根据下面的回答可知，这里既问了日期，也问星期几，故选B.21.Drinking some milk before going to bed is the way ______ with your sleeping problem.A. to helpB. helpC. helping【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：在上床睡觉之前喝些牛奶是帮助你解决睡眠问题的方法.考查非谓语动词.to help动词不定式；help帮助，动词原形；helping动名词或现在分词形式.这句话中使用了句型the way to do sth.“做某事的方法”，动词不定式作后置定语，修饰名词way.故选A.22.To save money, we have to ask_____ people to do _____ things.A. less, moreB. fewer, moreC. more, fewer【答案】B【解析】【详解】句意：为了节省钱，我们不得不让更少的人来做更多的事.考查形容词比较级.less是little的比较级，“更少的”，修饰不可数名词；fewer更少的，修饰可数名词；more 更多的.根据句意“To save money”可知，这里表示“更少的人，做更多的事”，people是可数名词，用fewer 修饰.故选B.23.Here is a banana, please_______.A. cut them upB. cut up itC. cut it up【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：这是一个香蕉，请把它切碎.考查动词短语及代词.cut them up把它们切碎；cut up it形式错误，it是代词，应放在短语的中间；cut it up 把它切碎.根据句意“Here is a banana”可知，这里是一个香蕉，是单数，用代词it.故选C.24.The basket _____ kinds of fruits.A. is filled withB. is full withC. is filled of【答案】A【解析】【详解】句意：这个篮子装满了各种各样的水果.考查动词短语.is filled with装满，填满；is full with短语不成立，应该是is full of；is filled of形式错误，应该用介词with.故选A.25.—Could I borrow your dictionary? —Yes, of course you ________.A. willB. couldC. can【答案】C【解析】【详解】句意：——我可以借用一下你的字典吗？——是的，你当然可以.考查情态动词辨析.will意愿；could能，语气委婉；can能，可以.问句中用Could表示委婉的语气，答语中直接用can.故选C.二．完形填空Most of the students may think they have too much homework to do. So they don't have enough time ___26___ their parents do the housework. But I don't think so.Our parents are not only busy ___27___their own work but also busy with families and lives. They wouldlike___28___everything for us, but they never complain about(抱怨)anything. They are very tired every day. I think we should___29___our parents and we also have duty(责任) to work for our families.Studying knowledge at school is important, but learning from the___30___life is also very important. Our parents can't stay with us and___31___us all the time. We should begin with the little things, for example, making the bed, washing clothes, doing the dishes and cooking for ourselves. If you don't help your parents do any housework, you will meet many difficulties___32___you leave your parents. So we should know that helping parents do the housework is good for____33____.___34___ the housework can help our parents. It can ____35____help ourselves. So I think we should help our parents.26. A. to help B. helping C. help27. A. for B. with C. at28. A. doing B. do C. to do29. A. understand B. learn C. prepare30. A. real B. true C. right31. A. look for B. look after C. look at32. A. after B. before C. behind33. A. our B. we C. us34. A. Do B. Doing C. Did35. A. also B. however C. therefore【答案】26. A 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. A 31. B 32. A 33. C 34. B 35. A【解析】【分析】很多学生都认为他们每天有很多的家庭作业要做，所以他们没有足够的时间帮助父母做家务，但作者不这样认为.短文中作者介绍了自己的看法，他认为帮助父母做家务是必要的、重要的，也是对我们自己有好处的.【26题详解】句意：所以他们没有足够的时间帮助父母做家务. 考查非谓语动词辨析及语境.to help帮助，动词不定式；helping动名词；help帮助，动词原形.这句话中使用了句型have enough time to do sth.“有足够的时间做某事”，动词不定式作后置定语，修饰time.故选A.【27题详解】句意：我们的父母不仅仅忙于他们的工作，而且要忙于家庭和生活.考查介词辨析及语境.for为了，因为；with和……一起；at在具体时间点或地点.根据句意可知，这里考查固定短语be busy with…“忙于……”.故选B.【28题详解】句意：他们愿意为我们做一切事，但是从不抱怨.考查非谓语动词辨析及语境.doing做，动名词或现在分词形式；do动词原形；to do动词不定式.空前是wouldlike，意为“愿意，想要”，常用于句型would like to do sth.“想要做某事”.故选C.【29题详解】句意：我认为我们应该理解我们的父母，我们也有责任为家人工作.考查动词辨析及语境.understand理解；learn学习；prepare准备.根据上文“They would like___3___everythingfor us, but they never complain about(抱怨)anything. They are very tired every day.”可知，父母为了我们，为了这个家庭非常的累，但从不抱怨，所以作为子女，我们应理解父母，帮助他们做家务.故选A.【30题详解】句意：在学校里学习知识是重要的，但从真实的生活中学习也是很重要的.考查形容词辨析及语境.real真实的；true真的；right对的.根据句意可知，这里指与在学校里学习相对的从实际生活中学习，true主要侧重强调“真假”，实际生活应用real.故选A.【31题详解】句意：我们的父母不会一直和我们在一起、照顾我们.考查动词短语辨析及语境.look for寻找；look after照顾；look at看.根据下句话“We should begin with the littlethings, for example, making the bed, washing clothes, doing the dishes and cooking for ourselves.”和常识可知，父母不会一直照顾我们，我们要学会自己做一些事情.故选B.【32题详解】句意：如果你不帮你的父母做任何家务，在你离开父母后会遇到很多困难.考查连词辨析及语境.after在……之后；before在……之前；behind在……后面.根据上个小题的句意可知，父母不会一直照顾我们，终有一天我们会离开父母，而遇到困难应该是“在我们离开父母之后”，故选A. 【33题详解】句意：所以我们应该知道帮助父母做家务对我们是有好处的.考查代词辨析及语境.our我们的，形容词性物主代词；we我们，人称代词主格形式；us我们，人称代词宾格形式.根据句子结构可知，该空是介词for的宾语，应用宾格形式，表示“对某人有好处”.故选C.【34题详解】句意：做家务能帮助我们的父母.考查动词辨析及语境.Do做，动词原形；Doing动名词或现在分词形式；Did是过去式.根据句子结构可知，… the housework 是句子的主语，应用动名词形式.故选B.【35题详解】句意：它也能帮助我们自己.考查副词辨析及语境.also也；however然而；therefore因此.上句话“…the housework can help our parents”，这句话是“…help ourselves”，这里应表示“也”的意思，故选A.【点睛】对于中学生应不应该帮助父母做家务，这篇短文中作者发表了自己的观点.文章主题明确，结构清晰，内容贴近学生们的日常生活，比较容易理解.题型是完形填空，考查学生们在具体语境中运用语言的能力，综合性较强.做题时，应先通读短文，了解文意；然后根据上下文语境做题，注意空前后的搭配，并仔细辨析选项中单词的意思和用法；最后将答案代入原文，再读一遍，检查答案是否正确.例如第3小题，考查了would like to do sth.“想要做某事”.故选C.再如第7小题，考查连词辨析及语境.after在……之后；before 在……之前；behind在……后面.根据上个小题的句意可知，父母不会一直照顾我们，终有一天我们会离开父母，而遇到困难应该是“在我们离开父母之后”，故选A.三．情景交际A从A—F 选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项补全对话.A:Hello,this is Mary speaking._______36_______B:This is Andy. What's up?A:_______37_______B:What is it about?A:_____38_____ You know our environment is getting worse and worse.We should do something for it.B:______39______When shall the activity start?A:________40________B:OK.Bye—bye.A:Bye.A. There is going to be an activity this afternoon.B. It is about how to protect our environment.C. At 13:00.D. May I speak to Andy?E. I can't stand it.F. I agree with you.【答案】36. D 37. A 38. B 39. F 40. C【解析】这个对话是Mary给Andy打电话，告诉他下午有一个关于如何保护环境的活动.【36题详解】句意：——你好，我是Mary.我可以跟Andy通话吗？——我就是Andy.根据对话开头“Hello, this is Mary speaking”可知，这个对话的场景是打电话.下面的答语是“This is Andy”，由此可知这里Mary想要跟Andy通话.故选D.【37题详解】句意：——什么事？——今天下午将会有一个活动.上面Andy问道“What’s up?”，询问Mary有什么事，答语中应具体告诉Andy一件事情.且对话的后面“When shall the activity start?”提到了“活动”，因此Mary是告诉Andy有关一个活动的事情.故选A.【38题详解】句意：——它是关于什么的？——是关于怎样保护我们的环境.上面的问题“What is it about?”是询问这个活动是关于什么的，答语中应用It’s about….故选B.【39题详解】句意：——你知道我们的环境变得越来越差了，我们应该为它做点事情.——我同意你的说法.上面Mary陈述了自己对现在环境状况的看法，Andy与Mary的看法一致，应用agree with回答.故选F. 【40题详解】句意：——活动什么时候开始？——13:00开始.上面的问题是“When shall the activity start?”，询问活动开始的时间，答语中应用表示时间的短语，故选C.B填入适当的句子补全对话A:Hi,Jane! Can you go to the zoo with me this Saturday? B:___________41___________.A:That is too bad. What are you going to do? B:I will have a party this Saturday.___________42___________? A:Yes,I 'd love to. B:____________43____________? A:Yes, I 'm good at cooking. B:That 's great! A:___________44___________? B: Some of my friends will come to the party. A:When should I come? B:How about 4:00 in the afternoon? The party starts at 6:00. A:No problem._________45_________. B:You are welcome. 【答案】41. Sorry, I can't. 42. Would you like to come (to my party)? 43. Are you good at cooking? 44. Who else will go to your/the party? 45. Thank you for inviting me to your party./Thank you for your invitation./Thank you. 【解析】【41题详解】句意：——你好，Jane，这个星期六你能和我一起去动物园吗？——对不起，我不能去.上句话A同学向Jane发出邀请，问她能不能和她一起去动物园.再根据下文“That’s too bad” “那太糟糕了”可知，Jane拒绝了她.故答案为Sorry, I can’t.【42题详解】句意：——你愿意来吗？——我愿意去.根据下面的答语“I’d love to.”“我愿意去”可知，Jane邀请A来参加她的派对，可以用would like to do sth.这一句型.故答案为Would you like to come (to my party)?【43题详解】句意：——你擅长做饭吗？——是的，我擅长做饭.由下面的回答“Yes, I’m good at cooking.”可知，这个空应填一般疑问句，问A是否擅长做饭，使用了短语be good at…“擅长做……”.故答案为Are you good at cooking?【44题详解】句意：——还有谁会去你的派对？——我的一些朋友会来参加聚会.根据下面的回答“Some of my friends will come to the party.” “我的一些朋友会来参加聚会”可知，A问Jane还有谁来，疑问词是Who，else意为“其他的”，放在疑问词后面.故答案为Who else will go to your/the party? 【45题详解】句意：——谢谢你邀请我参加你的聚会.——不客气.根据下面的回答“You are welcome.”可知，A对Jane要求她参加聚会表示感谢.故答案为Thank you for inviting me to your party./Thank you for your invitation./Thank you.【点睛】这个题目是补全对话，要求根据对话内容填入适当的句子，比选择适当句子补全对话要稍微难一些.做题时，应首先通读对话的内容，了解对话双方的身份，对话的主题；然后根据语境，尤其是上下句的提示，确定空格处应填写的意思及句式，并用正确的句子表达出来.如第2小题，根据下面的答语“I’d love to.”“我愿意去”可知，这里应填一般疑问句形式，Jane邀请A来参加她的派对，应用would like to do sth.这一句型.故答案为Would you like to come (to my party)?再如第4小题，这个空应填特殊疑问句，根据下面的回答“Some of my friends will come to the party.” “我的一些朋友会来参加聚会”可知，A问Jane还有谁来，疑问词是Who，else意为“其他的”，放在疑问词后面.故答案为Who else will go to your/the party?四．根据句意及首字母提示完成句子46. Without your help, I can't s______ the problem by myself.47. Can you give us some a_______ on how to learn English well?48. To his s______, his father agreed with him to watch the football match together.49. Can you come to the o_______ of the new library in the school?50. Problems and worries are n______ in life.【答案】46. solve47. advice 48. surprise49. opening。
最新人教版英语八年级上册《期末检测试题》附答案
2020-2021学年第一学期期末测试人教版八年级英语试题卷I听力第一节：听下面五段对话,每段对话后有1个小题, 请从题中所给的A,B,C三个选项中选择正确的选项.每段对话仅读一遍.1. What’s Ann going to be when she grows up?A. A teacher.B. A doctor.C. A programmer.2. What did Alice do?A. She watched the game.B. She played the violin.C. She won in the show.3. How often does the woman clean the room?A. Once a week.B. Twice a week.C. Three times a week.4. What does Lucy like best?A. Fishing.B. Skating.C. Swimming.5. When will Linda arrive at the cinema?A. At 6: 50.B. At 7: 00.C. At 7: 10.第二节：听下面两段较长对话, 每段对话后有2至3个小题, 请从题中所给的A,B,C 三个选项中选择正确的选项.每段对话读两遍.听下面一段较长对话, 回答第6一7小题. 6.What are they making? A. Milk shake. B. Fruit salad. C. Vegetable salad. 7. How much yogurt do they need? A. One teaspoon. B. One cup. C. Two teaspoons. 听下面一段较长对话, 回答第8一10小题. 8. Where will the two speakers go? A. To a hotel. B. To a museum. C. To a restaurant. 9. How will they go there? A. By bus. B. On foot. C. By taxi.10. What are they going to do this afternoon?A. To buy a tour map.B. To visit all the streets.C. To eat Chinese food.第三节：听下面一段独白, 独白后有5个小题, 请从题中所给的A,B,C三个选项中选择正确的选项.独白读两遍.11. How was Wendy’s first day at school?A. Terrible.B. Great.C. Scary.12. How many lessons did Wendy have before the break?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.13. What sport did Wendy play that day?A. Football.B. V olleyball.C. Basketball.14. What did Wendy think of science?A. Easy.B. Boring.C. Difficult.15. What did Wendy do after lunch?A. He talked with classmates.B. He did some reading.C. He finished his homework.完形填空An old farmer lived with his grandson. Each morning, the ___1___ got up early and read his Bhagavad Gita(薄伽梵歌).One day the grandson asked, “Grandpa! I try to read the book like you, but I can’t understand it, and I forget it easily. What’s the ___2___ of reading it?" The grandfather said,"Take this coal(煤炭)basket down to the ___3___and bring me back a basket of water.”The boy did as his grandfather said, but all the water ran ___4___ he got home. The grandfather laughed, "You have to move faster n ext time.”This time the boy ran faster,but again the basket was empty. He told his grandfather that it was ___5___ to carry water in a basket. He wanted to use a bottle instead, but the old man said, "I just want a basket of water. You’re not ___6___ har d enough.”The boy wanted to show his grandfather that the water would surely run. He again put the basket into the river and ran hard. But there wasn’t anything in it again. He said___7___, “Look, Grandpa, it’s useless! ”"Watch the basket,” said the gr andfather.For the first time the boy found the basket was different. It had changed from a dirty old coal basket into a___8___ one, inside and out.“Boy, you might not understand or remember ___9___ when you read the book, but when you read it, you will be ___10___, inside and out. That’s what you get from it.”1. A. son B. father C. grandfather D. grandmother2. A. time B. place C. use D. habit3. A. house B. beach C. bridge D. river4. A. if B. because C. until D. before5. A. difficult B. interesting C. possible D. popular6. A. playing B. trying C. jumping D. studying7. A. sadly B. hopefully C. shyly D. carefully8. A. white B. clean C. small D. long9. A. somebody B. something C. anybody D. everything10. A. different B. relaxed C. serious D. worried阅读理解A11. The passage is a (an) ____________·A. invitationB. ad.C. reportD. notice12. This passage is probably written to ____________·A. childrenB. teachersC. parentsD. guides13. Which of the following is TRUE?A. The ticket to airport is a one-way flight.B. You can surf online for further information.C. You will enjoy six nights in a five-star hotel.D. You can get the special offers all year around.BLittle Jack loves being the youngest boy, since everybody cares about him so much. However, the only problem for him is that Mum never lets him play on the street. So his favorite time of the day is when his friend Timmy comes to play.One day when Little Jack was playing with a ball with Timmy, the ball rolled across the street. Before remembering Mum’s rules, his little legs were running as fast as they could. At that time, he heard a loud sound. As he looked to the left, he saw a big white car very close to him.Uncle Joe came running from behind. “Little Jack, are you okay?" he shouted loudly, but little Jack could not speak and he could not move.Just then his mum came out. “Little Jack, get out of the street RIGHT NOW!” she ordered. Little Jack felt his legs and body shaking, and he could not stop himself crying.Uncle Joe said softly(温柔地), "Come on, Wee Man. Get up. You' re out of danger now.” Little Jack answered. “I know the rules, but I just don’t want to follow them.”Uncle Joe’s face got serious and said, " Well, Wee Man. Nobody really wants to follow the rules at first. But when we understand that people make rules just to help us, we begin to see why we must follow them.”Hearing this, little Jack looked up at Mum and said, “Mum, I’m very sorry. I know why you make the rules for me.”14. Little Jack likes ______________ best.A. playing with the toy carB. talking with Uncle JoeC. playing with a ball with his mumD. playing with his friend Timmy15. Which is the right order according to the passage?①Little Jack ran after a ball on the street.②Uncle Joe told the reasons seriously.③Little Jack said sorry to Mum.④Mum made the rules for Little Jack.A. ④①②③B. ②③①④C. ④②①③D. ②①③④16. What does the story want to tell us?A. Don’t be afraid of danger.B. Remember to look to the left.C. Never play outside by yourself.D. Understand the people who love you.C①" Beep, beep," goes the car horn(喇叭). You've got dressed, but you've not had time to eat breakfast. You run out of the front door swinging your school backpack, and jump into the waiting car. Inside, your friends say "hey" as one of their parents drives you to school. This is the daily car pooling(拼车)to school.② Car pools are a common way of transportation for many students in the US. You, along with many of your friends can fit in the car, and share the journey to school each day. Parents may take turns to drive you all to school. Here are some good points that may catch your eyes. ③ What do you do in the car? If you have no time for breakfast,you can have it in the car. If you’re behind on your homework, this is your last chance to finish it before class. Some students simply add their sleep time before classes begin.④Besides walking or cycling to class, car pools are energy efficient(节能的), if you can't take the school bus. Instead of four cars taking four students to school each day, they can all squeeze into one. Think of how much_____▲______that you can save!⑤ More importantly, car pooling teaches students valuable life lessons not taught in class. It can teach students about the social responsibility of being on time. If you’re late, then all of your friends will be late, too.17. Paragraph 1 mainly talks about ____________·A. what car pooling is likeB. how interesting car pooling isC. where students get on the carD. who drives students to school18. Students can ____________during car pooling.A. get dressed and make breakfastB. swing the school backpacksC. finish the rest of homeworkD. take turns to drive the car19. Which is the best to fill in“_________________”?A. roomB. timeC. moneyD. homework20. What is the structure(结构)of this passage?A. B. C. D.交际配对I36.Are you free to go bike riding with me? A. Well, she wants to go to university.37. How often do you help with housework? B. Teachers will be unhappy.38. What will happen if I watch TV now? C. Sure, it sounds great.39. What do you think of cartoons? D. At least once a week.40. Molly studies much harder than before. E. I don’t mind them.II41. How much cheese do we need? A. So did I.42. I bought something special for my father. B. Maybe next September.43.When is the program going to start? C. Two spoons are enough.44. What will the future be like? D. Yes, you can buy the freshest food.45. Is Green City the best place to live? E. People will use the subway less.21. _______22. ______23. ______24. ______25. ______26. ______27. ______28. ______29. ______30. ______请从方框中选择合适的句子补全对话W：Hello, Mike! How are you?M：Fine, thanks. And you?W：Oh, not bad.M：Well, I’m calling to invite you to a party in our new house.W：Your new house? ________31________M：Yes, we’ve just moved in. ______32______W：Of course. When will it be?M：This Saturday evening, _________33_________W：Ha-ha, I haven’t got your new home address!W：_____34_____ Our house is at 2 London Road. Hope your family can come, too.M：Yeah, _________35_________W：Thanks. See you on Saturday evening!A. a party is more fun with more people.B. Is it a housewarming party?C. I’m sorry.D. at any time after seven.E. Can you come?卷II任务型阅读近几年, 我国中学生出国留学的人数快速增长.请根据下表所提供的信息, 在短文空白处填入恰当的单词或短语, 完成一份出国留学情况的调查报告(每空不超过三词).Students Studying AbroadEvery year, lots of Chinese middle school students go to foreign countries to study. From the chart, we canknow there are ___36___ countries that they mainly go to. ___37___ is the most popular country. More than 30 percent of these students study there. The second most popular country is France. About ___38___ percent go there.10 percent go to England or Germany.Australia ___39___ Canada are also popular with Chinese students. But there are ___40___Chinese students in Canada than in Australia. Now these counties are still trying to increase the number of international students studying in.单词拼写根据短文内容和所给中文提示, 在空白处写出正确的单词(每空限填一词)."Lichun" is the first of the 24 solar terms(节气). According to our traditional Chinese calendar, each solar term can guide people how to farm and ___41___(种植)·“Lichun" means the beginning of the spring. Since then, there will be enough rain water. Everything is ___42___ (能够)to grow and turns green. People can clearly see that ___43___(白天)becomes longer and the weather gets warmer. So this period is also a ___44___(精彩的)time of a year.Around the country, people usually ___45___(庆祝)this special day in different ways. In the south, it is a tradition to make a delicious snack called “spring rolls". It is ___46___(真正) loved by children. In the north, people tie red cloth to their doors to ___47___ (期待)good luck. In Beijing,local people welcome this day ___48___(共同)through cheerful shouts.However, for most ___49___(青少年), the day only means a change to the ____50____(菜单)· So there is still a long way to make young people know more about Chinese traditional culture.语法填空阅读下面短文, 在空白处填入一个适当的词, 或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式.You may send letters or emails to your friends or families before. But have you thought about sending a letter to ___51___(your) or your friends in the future? These days, more and more young people are trying ___52___ (use) another type of mail-future mail.According to future mail, if the sender chooses the date of delivery(投递), the letter ___53___(reach) the address at that special time. Take Fu Jing ___54___ example, the girl was under heavy pressure of her busy life in Beijing, so she wrote ___55___ letter to herself on her twenty-fifth birthday. It would be delivered five years later on her ___56___(thirty)birthday through "future mail". “Future might be even ___57___(hard). I express my hopes about my future life to help me face the ___58___(difficulty) ahead(在前的)bravely.” Fu Jing said.Some experts think future mail is a good way of ___59___ (help) people free themselves from pressure andanxiety(焦虑), ___60___ they can record, express and share their feelings by writing letters to the future.61.书面表达假如你是Li Hua, 请根据下面的思维导图给你的美国笔友John写一封信, 谈谈你的寒假生活计划及其理由. 要求：1. 内容：至少包括思维导图中的三个要点, 并可适当发挥；2. 词数80左右, 开头和结尾已给出, 不计入总词数；3. 信中不得出现你的真实姓名和校名.____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________答案与解析卷I听力第一节：听下面五段对话,每段对话后有1个小题, 请从题中所给的A,B,C三个选项中选择正确的选项.每段对话仅读一遍.1. What’s Ann going to be when she grows up?A. A teacher.B. A doctor.C. A programmer.2. What did Alice do?A. She watched the game.B. She played the violin.C. She won in the show.3. How often does the woman clean the room?A. Once a week.B. Twice a week.C. Three times a week.4. What does Lucy like best?A.Fishing.B. Skating.C. Swimming. 5. When will Linda arrive at the cinema? A. At 6: 50. B. At 7: 00. C. At 7: 10. 第二节：听下面两段较长对话, 每段对话后有2至3个小题, 请从题中所给的A,B,C 三个选项中选择正确的选项.每段对话读两遍.听下面一段较长对话, 回答第6一7小题.6. What are they making?A. Milk shake.B. Fruit salad.C. Vegetable salad.7. How much yogurt do they need?A. One teaspoon.B. One cup.C. Two teaspoons.听下面一段较长对话, 回答第8一10小题.8. Where will the two speakers go?A. To a hotel.B. To a museum.C. To a restaurant.9. How will they go there?A. By bus.B. On foot.C. By taxi.10. What are they going to do this afternoon?A. To buy a tour map.B. To visit all the streets.C. To eat Chinese food.第三节：听下面一段独白, 独白后有5个小题, 请从题中所给的A,B,C三个选项中选择正确的选项.独白读两遍.11. How was Wendy’s first day at school?A. Terrible.B. Great.C. Scary.12. How many lessons did Wendy have before the break?A. Two.B. Three.C. Four.13. What sport did Wendy play that day?A. Football.B. V olleyball.C. Basketball.14. What did Wendy think of science?A. Easy.B. Boring.C. Difficult.15. What did Wendy do after lunch?A. He talked with classmates.B. He did some reading.C. He finished his homework.完形填空An old farmer lived with his grandson. Each morning, the ___1___ got up early and read his Bhagavad Gita(薄伽梵歌).One day the grandson asked, “Grandpa! I try to read the book like you, but I can’t understand it, and I forget it easily. What’s the ___2___ of reading it?"The grandfather said, "Take this coal(煤炭)basket down to the ___3___and bring me back a basket of water.”The boy did as his grandfather said, but all the water ran ___4___ he got home. The grandfather laughed, "You have to move faster n ext time.”This time the boy ran faster, but again the basket was empty. He told his grandfather that it was ___5___ to carry water in a basket. He wanted to use a bottle instead, but the old man said, "I just want a basket of water. You’re not ___6___ har d enough.”The boy wanted to show his grandfather that the water would surely run. He again put the basket into the river and ran hard. But there wasn’t anything in it again. He said___7___, “Look, Grandpa, it’s useless! ”"Watch the basket,” said the gr andfather.For the first time the boy found the basket was different. It had changed from a dirty old coal basket into a___8___ one, inside and out.“Boy, you might not understand or remember ___9___ when you read the book, but when you read it, you will be ___10___, inside and out. That’s what you get from it.”1. A. son B. father C. grandfather D. grandmother2. A. time B. place C. use D. habit3. A. house B. beach C. bridge D. river4. A. if B. because C. until D. before5. A. difficult B. interesting C. possible D. popular6. A. playing B. trying C. jumping D. studying7. A. sadly B. hopefully C. shyly D. carefully8. A. white B. clean C. small D. long9. A. somebody B. something C. anybody D. everything10. A. different B. relaxed C. serious D. worried【答案】1. C 2. C 3. D 4. D 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. D 10. A【解析】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了一位祖父为了让孙子领会读《薄伽梵歌》的意义，让孙子经历“竹篮打水”的过程进行领悟.【1题详解】句意：每天早晨，这位祖父早早起床然后读他的《薄伽梵歌》.son儿子；father父亲；grandfather祖父；grandmother祖母.根据前文“An old farmer lived with his grandson”，可知此处指的是这位祖父，故选C.【2题详解】句意：读它有什么用呢？time时间；place地方；use用处；habit习惯.根据前文“I try to read the book like you, but I can’t understand it, and I forget it easily”，可知此处孙子不明白读这个有什么用处，故选C.【3题详解】句意：把这个炭篮子带去河边，然后给我带一篮子水回来.house房子；beach沙滩；bridge桥；river河.根据后文说要打水，可知此处是带去了河边，故选D.【4题详解】句意：这个男孩按他祖父说的做了，但是所有的水在他回家之前就漏光了.if如果；because因为；until直到；before在……之前.根据句意，可知此处表示回家前水都漏了，故选D. 【5题详解】句意：他告诉祖父很难用篮子装水.difficult困难的；interesting有趣的；possible可能的；popular受欢迎的.根据前文，可知男孩一直无法成功用篮子打回水，所以此处他是觉得很难，故选A.【6题详解】句意：你还不够努力.playing玩耍；trying努力；jumping跳；studying学习.根据句意，可知此处祖父是说孙子还不够努力，故选B.【7题详解】句意：他悲伤地说：“看，爷爷，这是没用的.”sadly悲伤地；hopefully充满希望地；shyly害羞地；carefully小心地.根据前文，可知他又没成功，所以此处是很悲伤地说，故选A.【8题详解】句意：它从一个肮脏的旧煤炭篮子变成了一个干净的，从里到外都是.white白色的；clean干净的；small小的；long长的.根据前文的change，可知要和dirty相反，所以应该是表示“干净的”，故选B.【9题详解】句意：孩子，你在读这本书时可能不能理解或记住所有.somebody某人；something某事；anybody任何人；everything一切.根据前文，可知男孩完全看不懂这本书，故选D.【10题详解】句意：但是当你读了它，你会变得从里到外都不同.different不同的；relaxed放松的；serious严肃的；worried担忧的.根据前文“竹篮打水”的经历，可知此处是表示会变得不同，故选A.阅读理解A11. The passage is a (an) ____________·A. invitationB. ad.C. reportD. notice12. This passage is probably written to ____________·A. childrenB. teachersC. parentsD. guides13. Which of the following is TRUE?A. The ticket to airport is a one-way flight.B. You can surf online for further information.C. You will enjoy six nights in a five-star hotel.D. You can get the special offers all year around.【答案】11. B 12. C 13. B【解析】本文是一篇应用文，介绍了去北京旅行的一次特价优惠，其中包括价格、七天的行程、预定方式等.【11题详解】推理判断题.通读全文，可知这是一个旅行社的广告，故选B.【12题详解】推理判断题.根据“Why not take your children to Beijing this coming summer holiday”，可知是对父母讲话的口吻，故选C.【13题详解】细节理解题.根据“return flights and transport to and from the airport”，可知是往返票，不是单程票，A选项表述错误，排除；根据“six nights in a four-star hotel”，可知是住四星级酒店，不是五星级酒店，C选项表述错误，排除；根据“the special offers are only available until August 5”，可知特价截止到8月5日，而不是全年，D选项表述错误，排除；根据“For further information contact https://World Tours. cn”，可知可以通过网站获取更多信息，B选项表述正确，故选B.BLittle Jack loves being the youngest boy, since everybody cares about him so much. However, the only problemfor him is that Mum never lets him play on the street. So his favorite time of the day is when his friend Timmy comes to play.One day when Little Jack was playing with a ball with Timmy, the ball rolled across the street. Before remembering Mum’s rules, his little legs were running as fast as they could. At that time, he heard a loud sou nd. As he looked to the left, he saw a big white car very close to him.Uncle Joe came running from behind. “Little Jack, are you okay?" he shouted loudly, but little Jack could not speak and he could not move.Just then his mum came out. “Little Jack, get out of the street RIGHT NOW!” she ordered. Little Jack felt his legs and body shaking, and he could not stop himself crying.Uncle Joe said softly(温柔地), "Come on, Wee Man. Get up. You' re out of danger now.” Little Jack answered. “I know the rules, but I just don’t want to follow them.”Uncle Joe’s face got serious and said," Well, Wee Man. Nobody really wants to follow the rules at first. But when we understand that people make rules just to help us, we begin to see why we must follow them.”Hearing this, little Jack looked up at Mum and said, “Mum, I’m very sorry. I know why you make the rules for me.”14. Little Jack likes ______________ best.A. playing with the toy carB. talking with Uncle JoeC. playing with a ball with his mumD. playing with his friend Timmy15. Which is the right order according to the passage?①Little Jack ran after a ball on the street.②Uncle Joe told the reasons seriously.③Little Jack said sorry to Mum.④Mum made the rules for Little Jack.A. ④①②③B. ②③①④C. ④②①③D. ②①③④16. What does the story want to tell us?A. Don’t be afraid of danger.B. Remember to look to the left.C. Never play outside by yourself.D. Understand the people who love you.【答案】14. D 15. A 16. D【解析】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了小杰克不遵守妈妈制定的规则，跑到马路上差点发生危险的故事.【14题详解】细节理解题.根据“So his favorite time of the day is when his friend Timmy comes to play”，可知他最喜欢和好朋友玩耍，故选D.【15题详解】篇章结构题.通读全文，可知故事的发展顺序如下：妈妈为小杰克制定规则—小杰克为了追球跑到了街道上—舅舅严肃地告知小杰克理由—小杰克向妈妈道歉，故选A.【16题详解】文章主旨题.通读全文，可知文章主要通过小杰克的经历告诉大家要理解父母、长辈对于我们的爱护之心，故选D.C①" Beep, beep," goes the car horn(喇叭). You've got dressed, but you've not had time to eat breakfast. You run out of the front door swinging your school backpack, and jump into the waiting car. Inside, your friends say "hey" as one of their parents drives you to school. This is the daily car pooling(拼车)to school.② Car pools are a common way of transportation for many students in the US. You, along with many of your friends can fit in the car, and share the journey to school each day. Parents may take turns to drive you all to school. Here are some good points that may catch your eyes.③What do you do in the car? If you have no time for breakfast, you can have it in the car. If you’re behind on your homework, this is your last chance to finish it before class. Some students simply add their sleep time before classes begin.④Besides walking or cycling to class, car pools are energy efficient(节能的), if you can't take the school bus. Instead of four cars taking four students to school each day, they can all squeeze into one. Think of how much_____▲______that you can save!⑤ More importantly, car pooling teaches students valuable life lessons not taught in class. It can teach students about the social responsibility of being on time. If you’re late, then all of your friends will be late, too.17. Paragraph 1 mainly talks about ____________·A. what car pooling is likeB. how interesting car pooling isC. where students get on the carD. who drives students to school18. Students can ____________during car pooling.A. get dressed and make breakfastB. swing the school backpacksC. finish the rest of homeworkD. take turns to drive the car19. Which is the best to fill in“_________________”?A. roomB. timeC. moneyD. homework20. What is the structure(结构)of this passage?A. B. C. D.【答案】17. A 18. C 19. C 20. D【解析】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了美国的拼车现象，详细描述了拼车的情形、学生们可以在车内做什么等.【17题详解】段落主旨题.通读首段，可知该段主要介绍了拼车是怎样的，故选A.【18题详解】细节理解题.根据“If you’re behind on your homework, this is your last chance to finish it before class”，可知学生们可以在车上完成作业，故选C.【19题详解】推理判断题.根据前文“Instead of four cars taking four students to school each day, they can all squeeze into one”，可知此处说四辆车并成一辆车，会更节能省钱，故选C.【20题详解】篇章结构题.通读全文，梳理脉络，可知1，2段为并列段落，主要对拼车展开介绍；剩余的三段在前两段层次之下，对于拼车时建议学生做什么、不建议做什么、拼车的好处等，故选D.交际配对I36.Are you free to go bike riding with me? A. Well, she wants to go to university.37. How often do you help with housework? B. Teachers will be unhappy.38. What will happen if I watch TV now? C. Sure, it sounds great.39. What do you think of cartoons? D. At least once a week.40. Molly studies much harder than before. E. I don’t mind them.II41. How much cheese do we need? A. So did I.21. _______22. ______23. ______24. ______25. ______26. ______27. ______28. ______29. ______30. ______【答案】21. C 22. D23. B 24. E25. A 26. C27. A 28. B29. E 30. D【解析】【21题详解】句意：当然，听起来很棒！根据题干为一般疑问句，提出建议，可知下文要作出正面回答，故选C. 【22题详解】句意：一周至少一次.根据题干是问频率，可知下文要回答频率，故选D.【23题详解】句意：老师们会不高兴.根据题干问自己看电视会发生什么，可知下文要作出相应回答，故选B.【24题详解】句意：我不介意它们.根据题干询问对方对动画片怎么看，可知下文要对此作出评价，故选E.【25题详解】句意：她想去上大学.根据题干在陈述莫莉比以前学习刻苦，可知下文可对信息作进一步补充，故选A. 【26题详解】句意：两勺就够了.根据题干是问芝士的量，可知下文回答数量，故选C.【27题详解】句意：我也一样.根据题干是一个一般过去时的陈述句，可知下文可以表示附和，故选A.【28题详解】句意：也许明年九月吧.根据题干是问时间，且是一般将来时，可知下文回答将来的时间，故选B.【29题详解】句意：人们将会减少使用地铁.根据题干是对将来的情况进行提问，可知下文要对将来的情形进行描述，故选E. 【30题详解】句意：是的，你可以买到最新鲜的食物.根据题干是一般疑问句，可知下文要作出正面回答，故选D.请从方框中选择合适的句子补全对话W：Hello, Mike! How are you?M：Fine, thanks. And you?W：Oh, not bad.M：Well, I’m calling to invite you to a party in our new house.W：Your new house? ________31________M：Yes, we’ve just moved in. ______32______W：Of course. When will it be?M：This Saturday evening, _________33_________W：Ha-ha, I haven’t got your new home address!W：_____34_____ Our house is at 2 London Road. Hope your family can come, too.M：Yeah, _________35_________W：Thanks. See you on Saturday evening!A. a party is more fun with more people.B. Is it a housewarming party?C. I’m sorry.D. at any time after seven.E. Can you come?【答案】31. B 32. E 33. D 34. C 35. A【解析】这是麦克和朋友的一次电话对话，是朋友邀请麦克参加一个派对，两人就细节展开了对话.【31题详解】句意：这是一次乔迁庆宴吗？根据前文“Your new house?”可知此处询问是否是为了乔迁办的派对，故选B.【32题详解】句意：你能来吗？根据下文“Of course”作出肯定回答，可知上文是发出了邀请，询问对方是否能来，故选E.【33题详解】句意：这周六晚，7点后任意时间都行.根据上文“When will it be?”在询问时间，可知此处要回答时间，故选D.【34题详解】句意：抱歉.根据上文“Ha-ha, I haven’t got your new home address”对方表示还不知道新家地址，可知此处表示抱歉，故选C.【35题详解】句意：一个派对人越多越有趣.根据上文“Hope your family can come, too”在邀请对方家人一起来，可知此处附和表示“人越多越有趣”，故选A.卷II任务型阅读近几年, 我国中学生出国留学的人数快速增长.请根据下表所提供的信息, 在短文空白处填入恰当的单词或短语, 完成一份出国留学情况的调查报告(每空不超过三词).Students Studying AbroadEvery year, lots of Chinese middle school students go to foreign countries to study. From the chart, we can know there are ___36___ countries that they mainly go to. ___37___ is the most popular country. More than 30 percent of these students study there. The second most popular country is France. About ___38___ percent go there.10 percent go to England or Germany.Australia ___39___ Canada are also popular with Chinese students. But there are ___40___Chinese students in Canada than in Australia. Now these counties are still trying to increase the number of international students studying in.【答案】36. 6/six37. The USA/ The United States/America38. 15/fifteen39. and 40. fewer【解析】本文是一份出国留学情况的调查报告，主要阐述了我国中学生出国留学的一些情况.【36题详解】句意：从图表中，我们知道他们主要去六个国家.根据图表，可知主要去美国、法国、英国、德国、澳大利亚和加拿大六个国家，故答案为6/six.【37题详解】句意：美国是最受欢迎的国家.根据图表，可知留学生人数最多的是美国，所以美国最受欢迎，故答案为The USA/ The United States/America. 【38题详解】句意：大约15%的人去那儿.根据图表，可知15%的学生去法国，故答案为15/fifteen.【39题详解】句意：澳大利亚和加拿大同样受中国学生的欢迎.根据句子结构，可知此处Australia和Canada为并列主语，中间用and连接，故答案为and.【40题详解】句意：但是在加拿大的中国学生比在澳大利亚的少.根据图表，可知在加拿大的中国学生占比比在澳大利亚的少，故答案为fewer.单词拼写根据短文内容和所给中文提示, 在空白处写出正确的单词(每空限填一词)."Lichun" is the first of the 24 solar terms(节气). According to our traditional Chinese calendar, each solar term can guide people how to farm and ___41___(种植)·“Lichun" means the beginning of the spring. Since then, there will be enough rain water. Everything is ___42___ (能够)to grow and turns green. People can clearly see that ___43___(白天)becomes longer and the weather gets warmer. So this period is also a ___44___(精彩的)time of a year. Around the country,people usually ___45___(庆祝)this special day in different ways. In the south, it is a tradition to make a delicious snack called “spring rolls". It is ___46___(真正) loved by children. In the north, people tie red cloth to their doors to ___47___ (期待)good luck.In Beijing, local people welcome this day ___48___(共同)through cheerful shouts.However, for most ___49___(青少年), the day only means a change to the ____50____(菜单)· So there is still a long way to make young people know more about Chinese traditional culture.【答案】41. plant42. able 43. daytime44. wonderful/excellent45. celebrate46. truly 47. expect48. together49. teenagers50. menu【解析】。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。
2020年精编人教版英语资料期末检测题(本检测题满分：100分，时间：60分钟)一、听力部分（满分15分）Ⅰ. 听句子，选择正确的答语。
句子读一遍。
（每小题1分，满分5分）1. A. They’ll have a great time. B. If you do, you’ll be sorry.C. If you do, you’ll be late.2. A. Yes, I will. B. Laura. C. No, I won’t.3. A. Because they are old. B. Because they have more experience than us.C. Because they’re teachers.4. A. I’d like to buy a T-shirt. B. No, you can’t. C. You’re welcome.5. A. Just so so. B. Not very good. C. Thank you.Ⅱ. 听对话，选择最佳答案。
对话读两遍。
（每小题1分，满分5分）听第一段对话，回答第6至7小题。
6. What problem does the boy have?A. He passed the exam.B. He didn’t pass the exam.C. He lost his wallet.7. What will happen if the boy tells his parents the truth?A. They’ll be upset.B. They’ll be angry.C. They’ll be happy.听第二段对话，回答第8至10小题。
8. Why didn’t the girl want Lily to copy the answers?A. Because she thought it was wrong.B. Because she thought it was right.C. Because she thought it was normal.9. What does the father think of the matter?A. Lily is right.B. His daughter is right.C. They’re both right.10. What’s the father’s advice for her daughter?A. She can call Lily.B. They can chat online.C. She can write a letter to Lily.Ⅲ. 听短文，根据所听内容填入所缺的单词。
短文读两遍。
（每小题1分，满分5分）Dear Miss Li,I’m going to 11 a New Year’s party in our classroom. But I’m 12 about several things. First, I don’t know when to have it. Next, I don’t know if we can let students bring 13 to the party. The last one is what will happen if we watch a 14 at the party. You have a lot of experience. I’m looking forward to your advice on 15 these problems.Yours,Zhang Li二、笔试部分（满分85分）Ⅰ.单项填空（每小题1分，满分15分）16. —How often does your brother use _______ Internet?— He uses it at _______ least three times a week.A. the; theB. / ; theC. the; /D. an; /17.（2015·重庆)They all_______Laura about building a museum here.A. waited forB. handed inC. agreed withD. knocked at18.（2015·广东)Bob knows how to cut the cost of the project. I’m sure he can do the workwith______ money and ______ people.A. less;lessB. fewer;moreC. more;fewerD. less;fewer19. Both my father and my mother _______ playing tennis when they were young.A. likeB. likesC. likedD. to like20.（2015·山东青岛)—Listen! There______ someone ______ at the door.—It must be your sister.A. is; knockingB. is; knockC. are; knockingD. are; knock21. There are ________ people in the supermarket. It’s so crowded.A．hundred B．hundredsC．hundred of D．hundreds of22. Today is Children’s Day. The children look _______.A. laughB. sadC. boredD. happy23. May I have a talk with you? I have _______ important to tell you.A. nothingB. anythingC. somethingD. everything24. —Is Rick there?—No, he _______ for Beijing three days ago.A. leftB. leavesC. leavingD. leave25. Tom enjoys _______ TV at night.A. watchesB. watchC. watchingD. watched26. He helped me _______ my lost book.A. foundB. findC. findingD. /27. —I think Cindy is _______ student in our class.—I don’t think so. Linda is _______ than her.A. smarter; smarterB. smarter; the smartestC. the smartest; the smartestD. the smartest; smarter28.（2015·乌鲁木齐)—Shall we hang out in Great Bazzar（大巴扎) tomorrow?—I’m afraid not. ________the final game of the World Cup on TV.A. There isB. There will beC. There will haveD. There is going to have29. _______ Anna didn’t feel well, she still went to school.A. BecauseB. UntilC. ThoughD. If30. It’s cold, so we decided _______ at home.A. stayB. to stayC. stayingD. stayedⅡ.完形填空（每小题1分，满分10分）Basketball is a very popular game 31 the USA. People all like it. Most people can32 it. A basketball is a round and big ball. It’s33 and 34 than a football. It is played between two teams. There are 35 players in each team. It was a fast, wonderful game with much moving and passing of the ball. Basketball is still a young game. It’s over a hundredyears old. Basketball is quite popular in China, 36 . If you travel around China you will notice it’s very popular everywhere you go.Children often take a 37 to school and play it after school. In China some girls can play basketball 38 than boys. NBA games are very 39 in the world. More than 100 million people in 208 countries like 40 them on TV. Basketball has become a more popular sport for people to watch, and many young people dream of becoming famous basketball players.31. A. in B. on C. from D. to32. A. have B. play C. watch D. take33. A.big B. biger C. bigger D. biggest34. A. heavy B. heavier C. heaviest D. the heaviest35. A. two B. four C. five D. eleven36. A. again B. also C. so D. too37. A. basketball B. football C. volleyball D. soccer38. A. good B. well C. better D. best39. A. famous B. interesting C. boring D. good40. A. watching B. seeing C. looking D. playingⅢ.阅读理解（每小题2分，满分30分）ATwo men were sitting together in a plane. They were on a long journey. One of the men was a businessman. The other was a farmer. They sat without talking for a while, then the farmer said, “Let’s do something to pass the time.”“What do you want to do?”the businessman asked.“We can ask each other riddles,” the farmer said.“OK. Let’s make rules first,” the businessman said.“If you don’t know the answer to a riddle, you pay me ＄100. And if I don’t know the answer, I’ll pay you ＄100.”“That’s not fair (公平）.You are a businessman with much knowledge. You know more things than I do. I am just a farmer,” the farmer said.“That’s true,” the businessman said.“What do you want us to do?”“If you don’t know the answer to a riddle, you pay me ＄100. And if I don’t know the answer, I’ll pay you ＄50,” the farmer said.The businessman thought about this, then he said, “OK. That’s fair. Who will go first?”“I will,” the farmer said.“Here is my riddle. What has three legs when it walks, but only two legs when it flies?”The businessman thought for a long time and said, “Mm, that’s a good one. I’m afraid I don’t know the answer.” He gave the farmer ＄100, then he said, “Tell me the answer.”“I don’t know,” the farmer said. Then he gave the businessman ＄50.41. The story happened _______.A. on a farmB. in a shopC. before a long plane journeyD. between two passengers42. What does the word “riddle” mean in this story?A. Something to win money.B. Something to help to make rules.C. A difficult question to find the answer to.D. A kind of game in doing business.43. Why did the businessman agree to give more money if he lost?A. He made much more money than the farmer.B. He thought he knew more than the farmer.C. He was interested in making riddles.D. He was better at playing riddle games.44. The farmer _______.A. didn’t enjoy himself on his long journeyB. didn’t want to pay even one dollarC. spent all his money on the plane ticketD. won fifty dollars by playing the riddle game45. Which of the following is NOT true?A. The two men made rules for their riddle game.B. The farmer was more clever than the businessman.C. The two men made their riddle game more interesting by playing it for money.D. The businessman knew the answer to this riddle.BNow machines are widely used all over the world. Why are machines so important and necessary（必要的）for us? Because they can help us to do things better and faster.A washing machine helps us to wash clothes fast. A printing machine helps us to print a lot of books, newspapers, magazines and many other things fast. Bikes, cars, trains and planes are all machines. They help us to travel faster than on foot.The computer is a wonderful machine. It was invented not long ago. It not only stores（贮存）information (信息）but also stores numbers millions of times as fast as a scientist does.Let’s study hard and try to use all kinds of machines to build China into a modern country.46. Machines can help us to do things better and faster, so they _______.A. are difficult to makeB. are expensiveC. are important but not necessaryD. are very helpful47. We have to travel on foot without _______.A. bikesB. machinesC. planesD. trains48. Computers can store information and numbers _______ a scientist does.A. a little faster thanB. as fast asC. much faster thanD. much more slowly than49. If we want to build China into a modern country, we must _______.A. study hardB. try to use all kinds of machinesC. invent many machinesD. A, B and C50. A printing machine can help us _______.A. print a lot of booksB. read more booksC. invent many machinesD. wash clothes fastCIn many western schools, sports day is a big event. Children take part in competitive( 竞争性的) sports, trying to break school records and take the first place.Sports days, or sports meets, are usually held in the warmer seasons, either at the beginning or the end of the school year. They are also called field days.Primary school sports days are fun. They usually have activities such as the egg-and-spoon race and the sack race. Other events include the skipping race (跳绳) and the three-legged race. In middle and high schools, sports days include many of the common track and field events( 田径项目). They are more serious and competitive than primary school ones.Students’parents and other relatives also come to the school on sports days. They watch children play. Many schools in the West have “mothers and fathers” races for parents to take part in!Although sports days are exciting, they also have some problems. According to some reports in the US, sports days have become too competitive to be good for students. Some parents put too much pressure ( 压力) on the children. Some schools don’t have “mothers and fathers” races any more as there is much fighting and cheating.51. What do children try to do when they take part in sports meets?_________________________________________52. When are sports days usually held in the school years?_________________________________________53. What are primary school and middle school sports days like?_________________________________________54. Who would come to the school to watch children play on sports days?__________________________________________55. What does the writer think about sports days?__________________________________________Ⅳ.根据句意及首字母提示完成单词（每小题1分，满分5分）56.We had a w _______ dinner at this restaurant.57. I think I’ll stay at home and watch the v _______.58. He is upset because he lost his w _______. And now he has no money.59. Many t _______ like to wear jeans at school.60.Eating too much c _______ is bad for your teeth.Ⅴ.用所给单词的适当形式填空（每小题1分，满分5分）61. When will you have the class _______ (meet)?62. If it _______ (rain) tomorrow, my father will take me to school in his car.63. My mother advises me _______ (study) for the exam.64. The boy keeps the problem to _______ (him).65. I sometimes make _______ (care) mistakes myself.Ⅵ.句型转换（每小题1分，满分5分）66. Don’t wear jeans to the party, or you’ll be the worst.（改为同义句）_______ you _______ jeans to the party, you’ll be the worst.67. I think there will be more pollution in the future. (改为否定句）I _______ _______ there _______ be more pollution in the future.68. You can’t pass the exam if you don’t work hard. (改为同义句）You can’t pass the exam _______ you work hard.69. If I join the Lions, I’ll become a great soccer player.（改为一般疑问句）_______ _______ become a great soccer player if you join the Lions?70. He’ll come back in an hour. (就画线部分提问)_______ _______ _______ he come back?Ⅶ.根据汉语意思完成句子（每小题1分，满分5分）71. 事实上，我们非常喜欢你。